Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For The Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2010
Commission File Number 1-16137
GREATBATCH, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 	 	 	
Delaware	 	16-1531026	
(State of Incorporation)	 	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
10000 Wehrle Drive
Clarence, New York 14031
(Address of principal executive offices)
(716) 759-5600
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 	 	 	
Title of Each Class:	 	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:	
Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Large accelerated filer o	 	Accelerated filer þ	 	Non- accelerated filer o	 	Smaller reporting company o	
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of common stock of Greatbatch, Inc. held by non-affiliates as of July 2, 2009 (last business day of most recently completed second fiscal quarter), based on the last sale price of $22.00, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange: $501.2 million. Solely for the purpose of this calculation, shares held by directors and officers and 10 percent shareholders of the Registrant have been excluded. Such exclusion should not be deemed a determination by or an admission by the Registrant that these individuals are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant. Shares of common stock outstanding on March 2, 2010: 23,216,407
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The following documents, in whole or in part, are specifically incorporated by reference in the indicated part of the Company’s Proxy Statement:
 	 	 	
Document	 	Part	
Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders	 	Part III, Item 10
“Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance”	
 	 	 	
 	 	Part III, Item 11
“Executive Compensation”	
 	 	 	
 	 	Part III, Item 12
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”	
 	 	 	
 	 	Part III, Item 13
“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence”	
 	 	 	
 	 	Part III, Item 14
“Principal Accounting Fees and Services”	

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ITEM	 	 	 	 	PAGE	 	
NUMBER	 	 	 	 	NUMBER	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART I	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	1	 	 	Business	 	 	3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	1A	 	 	Risk Factors	 	 	16	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	1B	 	 	Unresolved Staff Comments	 	 	26	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	2	 	 	Properties	 	 	26	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	3	 	 	Legal Proceedings	 	 	26	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	4	 	 	Reserved	 	 	27	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART II	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	5	 	 	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	 	 	27	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	6	 	 	Selected Financial Data	 	 	28	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	7	 	 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	 	30	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	7A	 	 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	 	57	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	8	 	 	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	 	59	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	9	 	 	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	 	107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	9A	 	 	Controls and Procedures	 	 	107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	9B	 	 	Other Information	 	 	108	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART III	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	10	 	 	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	 	 	108	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	11	 	 	Executive Compensation	 	 	108	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	12	 	 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	 	 	108	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	13	 	 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	 	 	109	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	14	 	 	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	 	 	109	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART IV	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	15	 	 	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	 	 	109	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Signatures	 	 	110	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  Exhibit 3.2	
  Exhibit 10.10	
  Exhibit 10.11	
  Exhibit 12.1	
  Exhibit 21.1	
  Exhibit 23.1	
  Exhibit 31.1	
  Exhibit 31.2	
  Exhibit 32.1	
 
 2 

Table of Contents
PART I

ITEM 1.	 	BUSINESS	
OVERVIEW
Wilson Greatbatch, co-inventor of the first successful implanted pacemaker, founded the predecessor to Greatbatch, Inc. in 1970 to develop long-lived primary batteries to fuel pacemakers. His passion for reliability and innovation is the foundation for Greatbatch’s full portfolio of capabilities and offerings. Every day, Greatbatch supports and empowers its customers in their pursuit of revolutionary technology solutions. Greatbatch, Inc. provides these innovative technologies to industries that depend on reliable, long-lasting performance. When used in this report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” mean Greatbatch, Inc. and its subsidiaries. We believe that our proprietary technology, close customer relationships, multiple product offerings, market leadership and dedication to quality provide us with competitive advantages and create a barrier to entry for potential market entrants.
We operate our business in two reportable segments — Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). During 2009, we rebranded our Implantable Medical Component (“IMC”) segment as Greatbatch Medical. The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures systems, components and devices for the Cardiac Rhythm Management (“CRM”), Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). Greatbatch Medical products include: 1) batteries, capacitors, filtered and unfiltered feedthroughs, engineered components and enclosures used in Implantable Medical Devices (“IMDs”); 2) instruments and delivery systems used in hip and knee replacement, trauma and spine surgeries as well as hip, knee and shoulder implants; and 3) introducers, catheters, steerable sheaths and implantable stimulation leads. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for medical systems and devices within the markets in which it operates.
Electrochem is a leader in technology solutions for critical industrial applications, including customized battery power and wireless sensing systems. Originating from the lithium cell invented for the implantable pacemaker by our founder, Wilson Greatbatch, our technology and superior quality and reliability is utilized in markets world-wide.
The Company is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated in 1997 and since that time has completed the following acquisitions:
 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition date	 	Acquired company	 	Business at time of acquisition	
 	 	 	 	 	
July 1997	 	Wilson Greatbatch Ltd.	 	Founded in 1970, designed and manufactured batteries for IMD’s and commercial applications.	
 	 	 	 	 	
August 1998	 	Hittman Materials and Medical Components, Inc.	 	Founded in 1962, designed and manufactured ceramic and glass feedthroughs and specialized porous coatings for electrodes used in IMDs.	
 	 	 	 	 	
August 2000	 	Battery Engineering, Inc.	 	Founded in 1983, designed and manufactured high-energy density batteries for industrial, commercial, military and medical applications.	
 
 3 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition date	 	Acquired company	 	Business at time of acquisition	
 	 	 	 	 	
June 2001	 	Sierra-KD Components division of Maxwell Technologies, Inc.	 	Founded in 1986, designed and manufactured ceramic electromagnetic filtering capacitors and integrated them with wire feedthroughs for use in IMDs as well as military, aerospace and commercial applications.	
 	 	 	 	 	
July 2002	 	Globe Tool and Manufacturing Company, Inc.	 	Founded in 1954, designed and manufactured precision enclosures used in IMDs and commercial products used in the aerospace, electronic and automotive sectors.	
 	 	 	 	 	
March 2004	 	NanoGram Devices
Corporation	 	Founded in 1996, developed nanoscale materials for battery and medical device applications.	
 	 	 	 	 	
April 2007	 	BIOMEC, Inc.	 	Established in 1998, provided medical device design and component integration to early-stage and established customers.	
 	 	 	 	 	
June 2007	 	Enpath Medical, Inc.	 	Founded in 1981, designed, developed, and manufactured venous introducers and dilators, implantable leadwires, steerable sheaths and steerable catheters.	
 	 	 	 	 	
October 2007	 	IntelliSensing LLC	 	Founded in 2005, designed and manufactured battery-powered wireless sensing solutions for commercial applications.	
 	 	 	 	 	
November 2007	 	Quan Emerteq LLC	 	Founded in 1998, designed, developed, and manufactured catheters, stimulation leadwires, microcomponents and assemblies.	
 	 	 	 	 	
November 2007	 	Engineered Assemblies
Corporation	 	Founded in 1984, designed and integrated custom battery solutions and electronics focused on rechargeable systems.	
 	 	 	 	 	
January 2008	 	P Medical Holding SA	 	Founded in 1994, designed, manufactured and supplied delivery systems, instruments and implants for the orthopaedic industry.	
 	 	 	 	 	
February 2008	 	DePuy Orthopaedics’ Chaumont, France manufacturing facility	 	Manufactured hip and shoulder implants for DePuy.	
FINANCIAL STATEMENT YEAR END
We utilize a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st . Fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 ended on January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. Fiscal year 2008 contained fifty-three weeks while fiscal years 2009 and 2007 contained fifty-two weeks.
 
 4 

Table of Contents

SEGMENT INFORMATION
We operate our business in two reportable segments — Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. Segment information including sales from external customers, profit or loss, and assets by segment as well as sales from external customers and long-lived assets by geographic area are set forth at Note 13 “Business Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report.
GREATBATCH MEDICAL
CRM & Neuromodulation — An IMD is an instrument that is surgically inserted into the body to provide diagnosis and/or therapy. One sector of the IMD market is CRM, which is comprised of devices such as implantable pacemakers, implantable cardioverter defibrillators (“ICDs”), cardiac resynchronization therapy (“CRT”) devices, and cardiac resynchronization therapy with backup defibrillation devices (“CRT-D”). A new emerging sector of the IMD market is neuromodulation, which is comprised of pacemaker-type devices that stimulate nerves for the treatment of various conditions. Beyond approved therapies of pain control, incontinence, Parkinson’s disease and epilepsy, nerve stimulation for the treatment of other disabilities such as migraines, obesity and depression has shown promising results.
The following table sets forth the main categories of battery-powered IMDs and the principal illness or symptom treated by each device:
 	 	 	
Device	 	Principal Illness or Symptom	
Pacemakers	 	Abnormally slow heartbeat (Bradycardia)	
ICDs	 	Rapid and irregular heartbeat (Tachycardia)	
CRT/CRT-Ds	 	Congestive heart failure	
Neurostimulators	 	Chronic pain, movement disorders, epilepsy, obesity or depression	
Drug pumps	 	Diabetes or chronic pain	
We believe that the CRM and Neuromodulation markets continue to exhibit growth fundamentals and that we are well positioned to continue to participate in this market growth. Increased demand is being driven by the following factors:

 	•	 	Advances in medical technology — new therapies will allow physicians to use IMDs to treat a wider range of patients with various heart diseases.	
 		
 	•	 	New, more sophisticated implantable devices — device manufacturers are developing new CRM devices and adding new features to existing products (such as RF telemetry) which require increased energy and power. At the same time, device manufacturers are trying to reduce the size of their devices. We believe that our proprietary batteries and capacitors are well positioned to meet the needs of these more sophisticated, smaller devices.	
 		
 	•	 	Expanding patient population — the patient groups that are eligible for CRM devices have increased. The number of people in the U.S. that are over age 50 is expected to double in the next 10 years.	
 		
 	•	 	Growth within neuromodulation — neuromodulation applications are growing at a faster pace than our traditional markets and are expected to expand as new therapeutic applications are identified.	
 		
 	•	 	New performance requirements — government regulators are increasingly requiring that IMDs be protected from electromagnetic interference (“EMI”).	
 		
 	•	 	Global markets — increased market penetration worldwide.	
 
 5 

Table of Contents

Vascular Access — Includes introducers and catheters that deliver therapies for coronary and neurovascular disease, peripheral vascular disease, neuromodulation, CRM, as well as products for medical imaging and drug and pharmaceutical delivery. Introducers enable physicians to create a conduit through which they can insert infusion catheters, implantable ports, pacemaker leads and other therapeutic devices into a blood vessel. A catheter is a tube that can be inserted into a blood vessel to allow drainage, injection of fluids, or access by surgical instruments.
In order to introduce a catheter or pacemaker lead into a vein, a hypodermic needle is first used to access the vein. A guide wire is then inserted through the hypodermic needle and the needle is removed. An introducer consists of a hollow sheath and a dilator which is inserted over the guide wire to expand the opening. The guide wire and dilator are then removed, leaving only the hollow sheath through which the catheter or pacemaker lead is introduced. Once the catheter or pacemaker lead is in place, the vessel introducer sheath is removed. We market these introducer and catheter products in kits that contain the disposable devices necessary to perform procedures and also in bulk for packaging by the customer with its own devices.
These products seek to capitalize on the growth in the Neuromodulation and CRM markets, specifically with new indications for neuromodulation devices and procedures. In addition, we continue to see strong growth in the vascular markets because of stent delivery procedures, peripheral-vascular disease therapies, and new indications for tissue extraction or ablation. In addition to those factors that are driving CRM and Neuromodulation markets, increased demand is also being driven by continued focus on minimally invasive procedures. Patients and health care providers are looking for minimally invasive technologies to treat disease and are expanding their use of both catheter based procedures and associated vascular access therapies.
Orthopaedic — Orthopaedic implants are used in reconstructive surgeries to replace or repair hips, knees and other joints, such as shoulders, ankles and elbows that have deteriorated as a result of disease or injury. Trauma implant systems are used primarily to reattach or stabilize damaged bone or tissue while the body heals. Spinal implant systems are used by orthopaedic surgeons and neurosurgeons in the treatment of degenerative diseases, deformities and injuries in various regions of the spine.
Each implant system typically has an associated instrument set that is used in the surgical procedure to insert that specific implant system. Instruments included in a set vary by implant system. Usually, instrument sets are sterilized after each use and then reused, however, recent trends are moving towards disposable instrumentation, which the Company is positing itself to take advantage of. Cases are used to store, transport and arrange implant systems and other medical devices and related surgical instruments. Cases are generally designed to allow for sterilization and re-use after an implant or other surgical procedure is performed. The majority of cases are tailored for specific implant procedures so that the instruments, implants and other devices are arranged within the case to match the order of use in the procedure and are securely held in clearly labeled, custom-formed pockets.
Many of the factors affecting the orthopaedic market segment are similar to the CRM and Vascular Access markets. These factors include aging population, new implant and surgical technology, rising rates of obesity, a growing replacements market and emerging affluence in developing nations. As a result, we believe that the orthopaedic market has strong growth fundamentals.
 
 6 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about our Greatbatch Medical products:
 	 	 	 	 	
PRODUCT	 	DESCRIPTION	 	PRINCIPAL PRODUCT ATTRIBUTES	
 	 	 	 	 	
Batteries	 	Power sources include:
•      Lithium iodine (“Li Iodine”)
•      Lithium silver vanadium oxide (“Li SVO”)
•      Lithium carbon monoflouride (“Li CFx”)
•      Lithium ion rechargeable (“Li Ion”)
•      Lithium SVO/CFx (“Q HR ” & “Q MR ”)	 	
High reliability and predictability
Long service life
Customized configuration
Light weight
Compact and less intrusive	
 	 	 	 	 	
Capacitors	 	Storage for energy generated by a battery before delivery to the heart. Used in ICDs and CRT-Ds.	 	Stores more energy per unit volume
(energy density) than other existing
technologies
Customized configuration	
 	 	 	 	 	
EMI filters	 	Filters electromagnetic interference to limit undesirable response, malfunctioning or degradation in the performance of electronic equipment	 	High reliability attenuation of EMI RF over wide frequency ranges
Customized design	
 	 	 	 	 	
Feedthroughs	 	Allow electrical signals to be brought from inside hermetically sealed IMD to an electrode	 	Ceramic to metal seal is substantially more durable than traditional seals Multifunctional	
 	 	 	 	 	
Coated electrodes	 	Deliver electric signal from the feedthrough to a body part undergoing stimulation	 	High quality coated surface
Flexible in utilizing any combination of biocompatible coating surfaces Customized offering of surfaces and tips	
 	 	 	 	 	
Precision components	 	•      Machined
•      Molded and over molded products	 	High level of manufacturing precision Broad manufacturing flexibility	
 	 	 	 	 	
Enclosures and related components	 	•      Titanium
•      Stainless steel	 	Precision manufacturing, flexibility in configurations and materials	
 	 	 	 	 	
Value-added
assemblies	 	Combination of multiple components in a single package/unit	 	Leveraging products and capabilities to provide subassemblies and assemblies Provides synergies in component technology and procurement systems	
 	 	 	 	 	
Leads	 	Cardiac, neuro and hearing restoration stimulation leads	 	Custom and unique configurations that increase therapy effectiveness, provide finished device design and manufacturing	
 	 	 	 	 	
Introducers	 	Creates a conduit to insert infusion catheters, guidewires, implantable ports, pacemaker leads and other therapeutic devices into a blood vessel	 	Variety of sizes and materials that facilitate problem-free access in a variety of clinical applications	
 	 	 	 	 	
Catheters	 	Delivers therapeutic devices to specific sites in the body	 	Enable safe, simple delivery of therapeutic and diagnostic devices, soft tip and steerability. Provide regulatory clearance and finished device	
 	 	 	 	 	
Trays	 	Delivery systems for cleaning and sterilizing orthopaedic instruments and implants	 	Deliver turn-key full service kits	
 	 	 	 	 	
Implants	 	Orthopaedic implants for reconstructive hip, knee, shoulder, trauma and spine procedures	 	Precision manufacturing, leveraging capabilities and products, complete processes including sterile packaging and coatings	
 	 	 	 	 	
Instruments	 	Orthopaedic instruments for reconstructive and trauma procedures	 	Designed to improve surgical techniques, reduce surgery time, increase surgical precision and decrease risk of contamination	
 
 7 

Table of Contents

A majority of the products Greatbatch Medical sells incorporate proprietary technologies. These proprietary technologies provide an entry barrier for new competitors, and further limit existing competitors from duplicating our products. In addition to these proprietary technologies, our proprietary “know-how” in the manufacture of these products provides further barriers to our competition.
ELECTROCHEM
Our customized rechargeable and non-rechargeable battery solutions are used in a number of demanding industrial markets such as energy, security, portable medical, environmental monitoring and more. Applications in these segments cover a number of battery-powered systems including downhole drilling tools, hand-held military communications, automated external defibrillators, and more. Electrochem’s primary and non-rechargeable power and Wireless Sensing solutions are used in these core markets because of extreme operating conditions and long life requirements.
Our primary batteries operate reliably and safely at extremely high and low temperatures and with high shock and vibration. The product designs incorporate protective circuitry; glass-to-metal hermetic seals, fuses and diodes help ensure safe, reliable power as devices are subjected to harsh conditions.
Our secondary, or rechargeable, power solutions include a number of chemistries including lithium, nickel and lead acid, and incorporate advanced electronics, monitoring and security features and other capabilities. We provide value-added solutions to complement our secondary power systems such as charging and battery management.
Electrochem’s unique Wireless Sensing Systems are a complete solution, incorporating advanced, ruggedized sensors, intelligent gateways and customized software. Electrochem’s patented system utilizes our own batteries and offers control and monitoring for applications in existing markets such as energy, and new markets such as food and beverage and water/wastewater process control.
The following table summarizes information about our Electrochem products:
 	 	 	 	 	
PRODUCT	 	DESCRIPTION	 	PRINCIPAL PRODUCT ATTRIBUTES	
 	 	 	 	 	
Cells	 	•      Moderate-rate
•      Spiral (high rate)	 	Optimized rate capability, shock and vibration resistant, high and low temperature tolerant High energy density	
 	 	 	 	 	
Primary and rechargeable battery packs	 	Packaging of commercial batteries in a customer specific configuration	 	Increased power and recharging capabilities and ease of integration into customer applications	
 	 	 	 	 	
Wireless sensors	 	Operates where wired sensors are undesirable or impractical	 	Measures pressure, temperature and flow; withstands harsh environments	
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Our position as a leading developer and manufacturer of components for IMDs and Electrochem batteries is largely the result of our long history of technological innovation. We invest substantial resources in research, development and engineering. Our scientists, engineers and technicians focus on improving existing products, expanding the use of our products and developing new products. In addition to our internal technology and product development efforts, we also engage outside research institutions for unique technology projects.
 
 8 

Table of Contents

In 2009, the Company formed the QiG Group LLC (“QiG”). QIG facilitates the introduction of new and improved technologies in medical device markets by investing in the development of innovations. This includes passive investments in startup companies as well as long-term systems level projects, which augment the Company’s Greatbatch Medical business. These investments support the development of ideas and technologies that can be used to better serve our OEM customers and typically have longer development times than our core Greatbatch Medical products.
PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
We rely on a combination of patents, licenses, trade secrets and know-how to establish and protect our proprietary rights to our technologies and products. We have 396 active U.S. patents and 295 active foreign patents. We also have 247 U.S. and 455 foreign pending patent applications at various stages of approval. During the past three years, we have been granted 63 new U.S. patents, of which 29 were granted in 2009. Corresponding foreign patents have been issued or are expected to be issued in the near future. Often, several patents covering various aspects of the design protect a single product. We believe this provides broad protection of the inventions employed.
We are also a party to several license agreements with third parties under which we have obtained, on varying terms, exclusive or non-exclusive rights to patents held by them. An example of these agreements is for the basic technology used in our wet tantalum capacitors, filtered feedthroughs and MRI compatible lead systems. We have also granted rights in our patents to others under license agreements.
It is our policy to require our management and technical employees, consultants and other parties having access to our confidential information to execute confidentiality agreements. These agreements prohibit disclosure of confidential information to third parties except in specified circumstances. In the case of employees and consultants, the agreements generally provide that all confidential information relating to our business is the exclusive property of the Company.
MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY CONTROL
While we have adequate capacity, we primarily manufacture small lot sizes, as most customer orders range from a few hundred to a few thousand units. As a result, our ability to remain flexible is an important factor in maintaining high levels of productivity. Each of our production teams receives assistance from a manufacturing support team, which typically consists of representatives from our quality control, engineering, manufacturing, materials and procurement departments. Our quality systems are compliant with and certified to various recognized international standards.
Our facilities in Raynham, MA, Alden, NY, Clarence, NY, and Minneapolis, MN are ISO-9001 registered, which requires compliance with regulations regarding quality systems of product design (where applicable), supplier control, manufacturing processes and management review. This certification can only be achieved after completion of an audit conducted by an independent authority.
The Quality Systems of our manufacturing facilities in Tijuana, Mexico, Plymouth, MN, Clarence, NY, Chaumont, France, Orvin, Switzerland, Columbia City, IN and Indianapolis, IN sites are certified to the requirements of ISO-13485(2003) for the design (where applicable) and manufacture of components, assemblies and finished medical devices. Along with ISO 13485: 2003, the facilities (where applicable) meet individual country and registration requirements in order to ship product worldwide. This certification gives us the ability to serve as a manufacturing partner to medical device manufacturers, which we believe will improve our competitive position in the Vascular Access, CRM and emerging Neuromodulation and Orthopaedic markets. Our Plymouth, MN and all Orthopaedic facilities are also registered with the FDA, thus enabling the manufacture and distribution of FDA cleared medical devices within the U.S.
 
 9 

Table of Contents

Our existing manufacturing plants are audited by several notified bodies (TUV, G-Med, QMI, BSI, and the National Standards Authority of Ireland). To maintain certification, all facilities must be reexamined routinely by their respective notified body.
SALES AND MARKETING
Products from our Greatbatch Medical business are sold directly to our customers. In our Electrochem business, we utilize a combination of direct and indirect sales methods, depending on the particular product. In 2009, approximately 47% of our products were sold in the U.S. Sales outside the U.S. are primarily to customers whose corporate offices are located and headquartered in the U.S. Information regarding our sales by geographic area is set forth at Note 13 “Business Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report.
Although the majority of our medical customers contract with us to develop custom components and assemblies to fit their product specifications, we also provide system level solutions ready for market distribution by OEM’s. As a result, we have established close working relationships between our internal program managers and our customers. We market our products and technologies at industry meetings and trade shows domestically and internationally.
Internal sales managers support all activity and involve engineers and technology professionals in the sales process to address customer requests appropriately. For system level solutions we partner with our customers’ Research, Marketing, and Clinical groups to jointly develop technology platforms in alignment with their product roadmaps and therapy needs.
We sell our Electrochem cells and battery packs directly to the end user, directly to manufacturers that incorporate our products into other devices for resale, and to distributors who sell our products to manufacturers and end users. Our sales managers are trained to assist our customers in selecting appropriate chemistries and configurations. We market our Electrochem products at various technical trade meetings, conferences and shows. We also place advertisements in relevant trade publications and on the Internet.
Firm backlog orders at January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009 were approximately $178.2 million and $190.4 million, respectively. Most of these orders are expected to be shipped within one year. See Customers section below for further discussion.
CUSTOMERS
Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national OEMs and their affiliated subsidiaries such as, in alphabetical order here and throughout this report, Biotronik, Boston Scientific, DePuy, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer. During 2009 and 2008, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical collectively accounted for 63% and 56% of our total sales, respectively.
The nature and extent of our selling relationship with each OEM customer is different in terms of products purchased, selling prices, product volumes, ordering patterns and inventory management. For customers with long-term contracts, we have negotiated fixed pricing arrangements for pre-determined volume levels with pricing fixed within each level. In general, the higher the volume level, the lower the pricing. We have pricing arrangements with our customers that at times do not specify minimum order quantities. We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. This occurs when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, the buyer is obligated to pay us (i.e., not contingent on a future event), the risk of loss is transferred, there is no obligation of future performance, collectability is reasonably assured and the amount of future returns can reasonably be estimated. Those criteria are met at the time of shipment when title passes.
 
 10 

Table of Contents

Our visibility to customer ordering patterns is over a relatively short period of time. Our customers may have inventory management programs and alternate supply arrangements of which we are unaware. Additionally, the relative market share among the OEM manufacturers changes periodically. Consequently, these and other factors can significantly impact our sales in any given period. Our customers may initiate field actions with respect to market-released products. These actions may include product recalls or communications with a significant number of physicians about a product or labeling issue. The scope of such actions can range from very minor issues affecting a small number of units to more significant actions. There are a number of factors, both short-term and long-term, related to these field actions that may impact our results. In the short-term, if a product has to be replaced, or customer inventory levels have to be restored, demand will increase. Also, changing customer order patterns due to market share shifts or accelerated device replacements may also have a positive or negative impact on our sales results in the near-term. These same factors may have longer-term implications as well. Customer inventory levels may ultimately have to be rebalanced to match new demand.
The initial term of our supply agreement with Boston Scientific pursuant to which Boston Scientific purchases a certain percentage of the batteries, capacitors, filtered feedthroughs and case halves it uses in its IMDs ends on December 31, 2010. The agreement may be renewed for one or more four-year renewal terms upon mutual agreement of the parties. We are actively negotiating a follow-on agreement with targeted completion during 2010.
Our Electrochem customers are primarily companies involved in demanding applications in markets such as energy, security, portable medical and environmental monitoring including Halliburton Company, Weatherford International, General Electric, Thales, Zoll Medical Corp. and Scripps Institution of Oceanography.
SUPPLIERS AND RAW MATERIALS
We purchase certain critical raw materials from a limited number of suppliers due to the technically challenging requirements of the supplied product and/or the lengthy process required to qualify these materials with our customers. We cannot quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for these materials because of these requirements. In the past, we have not experienced any significant interruptions or delays in obtaining these raw materials. We maintain minimum safety stock levels of critical raw materials.
For other raw material purchases, we utilize competitive pricing methods such as bulk purchases, precious metal pool buys, blanket orders, and long-term contracts to secure supply. We believe that there are alternative suppliers or substitute products available at competitive prices for all of the materials we purchase.
COMPETITION
Existing and potential competitors in our Greatbatch Medical business include leading IMD manufacturers such as Biotronik, Boston Scientific, DePuy, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer that currently have vertically integrated operations and may expand their vertical integration capability in the future. Competitors also include independent suppliers who typically specialize in one type of component.
 
 11 

Table of Contents

Our known non-vertically integrated competitors include the following:
 	 	 	
Product Line	 	Competitors	
 	 	 	
Medical batteries	 	Litronik (a subsidiary of Biotronik)
Eagle-Picher	
 	 	 	
Capacitors	 	Critical Medical Components	
 	 	 	
Feedthroughs	 	Alberox (subsidiary of The Morgan Crucible Co. PLC)	
 	 	 	
EMI filtering	 	AVX (subsidiary of Kyocera)
Eurofarad	
 	 	 	
Enclosures	 	Heraeus
Hudson	
 	 	 	
Machined and molded components	 	Numerous	
 	 	 	
Value added assembly	 	Numerous	
 	 	 	
Catheters	 	Teleflex	
 	 	 	
Leads	 	Oscor	
 	 	 	
Orthopaedic trays, instruments and implants	 	Symmetry
Paragon
Accelent
Teleflex
Viasys
Orchid	
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Except as described below, our business is not subject to direct governmental regulation other than the laws and regulations generally applicable to businesses in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations governing the emission, discharge, use, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and the remediation of contamination associated with the release of these materials at our facilities and at off-site disposal locations. Our manufacturing and research, development and engineering activities may involve the controlled use of small amounts of hazardous materials. Liabilities associated with hazardous material releases arise principally under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and analogous state laws that impose strict, joint and several liability on owners and operators of contaminated facilities and parties that arrange for the off-site disposal of hazardous materials. We are not aware of any material noncompliance with the environmental laws currently applicable to our business and we are not subject to any material claim for liability with respect to contamination at any Company facility or any off-site location. We cannot assure you that we will not become subject to such environmental liabilities in the future as a result of historic or current operations.
 
 12 

Table of Contents

To varying degrees, our products are subject to regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA and comparable foreign agencies. The medical product components we manufacture are not subject to regulation by the FDA. We have “master files” on record with the FDA. Master files may be used to provide confidential detailed information about facilities, processes, or articles used in the manufacturing, processing, packaging and storing of one or more medical device components. These submissions may be used by device manufacturers to support the premarket notification process required by Section 510(k) of the Federal Food Drug & Cosmetic Act. This notification process is necessary to obtain clearance from the FDA to market a device for human use in the U.S.
The medical devices we manufacture and market are subject to regulation by the FDA and, in some instances, by state and foreign authorities. Pursuant to the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and related regulations, medical devices intended for human use are classified into three categories (Classes I, II and III), depending upon the degree of regulatory control to which they will be subject.
In the U.S., our introducer and delivery catheter products are considered Class II devices. If a Class II device is substantially equivalent to an existing (predicate) device that has been continuously marketed since the effective date of the 1976 Amendments, FDA requirements may be satisfied through a Pre-market Notification Submission or 510(k) submission under which the applicant provides product information supporting its claim of substantial equivalence. In a 510(k) Submission, the FDA may also require that we provide clinical test results demonstrating the safety and efficacy of the device.
Generally, Class III devices are typically life-sustaining, life supporting, or implantable devices that must receive Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”) by the FDA to ensure their safety and effectiveness. A PMA is a more rigorous approval process typically requiring human clinical studies. Certain leads that we manufacture and market are Class III devices, but any required PMA is submitted by and issued to our customers.
As a manufacturer of medical devices, we are also subject to certain other FDA regulations and our device manufacturing processes and facilities are subject to on-going review by the FDA in order to ensure compliance with the current Good Manufacturing Practices Regulation (21 CFR 820). We believe that our manufacturing and quality and regulatory systems conform to the requirements of all pertinent FDA regulations. Our sales and marketing practices are subject to regulation by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to federal anti-kickback laws, and are also subject to similar state laws.
We are also subject to various other environmental, transportation and labor laws as well as various other directives and regulations both in the U.S. and abroad. We believe that compliance with these laws will not have a material impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. Given the scope and nature of these laws, however, there can be no assurance that they will not have a material impact on our results of operations. We assess potential product related liabilities on a quarterly basis. At present, we are not aware of any such liabilities that would have a material impact on our business.
 
 13 

Table of Contents

RECRUITING AND TRAINING
We invest substantial resources in our recruiting efforts that focus on supplying quality personnel to support our business objectives. We have established a number of programs that are designed to challenge and motivate our employees. All staff are encouraged to be proactive in contributing ideas. Feedback surveys are used to collect suggestions on ways that our business and operations can be improved. Our goal is to fill any open employment positions internally. We further meet our hiring needs through outside sources as required. We have a comprehensive succession program in place for senior management in order to ensure we will be able to implement our strategic plan.
We provide a training program for our new employees that is designed to educate them on safety, quality, business strategy, corporate culture, and the methodologies and technical competencies that are required for our business. Our safety training programs focus on such areas as basic industrial safety practices and emergency response procedures to deal with any potential fires or chemical spills. All of our employees are required to participate in a specialized training program that is designed to provide an understanding of our quality objectives. Supporting our lifelong learning environment, we offer our employees a tuition reimbursement program and encourage them to continue their education at accredited colleges and universities. Many of our employees attend seminars on topics that are related to our corporate objectives and strategies. We believe that comprehensive training is necessary to ensure that our employees have state of the art skills, utilize best practices, and have a common understanding of work practices.
EMPLOYEES
The following table provides a breakdown of employees as of January 1, 2010:
 	 	 	 	 	
Manufacturing	 	 	1,442	 	
General and administrative	 	 	126	 	
Sales and marketing	 	 	52	 	
Research, development and engineering	 	 	197	 	
Chaumont, France facility	 	 	214	 	
Switzerland facilities	 	 	214	 	
Tijuana, Mexico facility	 	 	816	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	3,061	 	
 	 	 	 	
We also employ a number of temporary employees to assist us with various projects and service functions and address peaks in staff requirements. Our employees at our Chaumont, France and Tijuana, Mexico facilities are represented by a union. Approximately 159 and 196 positions at our Switzerland and France locations, respectively, are manufacturing in nature. The positions at our Tijuana, Mexico facility are primarily manufacturing. We believe that we have a good relationship with our employees.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
Information concerning our executive officers is presented below as of March 2, 2010. The officers’ terms of office run until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after our Annual Meeting, which takes place immediately following our Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified, except in the case of earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal.
 
 14 

Table of Contents

Mauricio Arellano , age 43, is Senior Vice President and the Business Leader for our Cardiac and Neurology Group and has served in that office since October 2008. He served as the Senior Vice President and Business Leader of our CRM and Neuromodulation Group from January 2008 to October 2008, our Medical Solutions Group from November 2006 to January 2008 and as Vice President of Greatbatch Mexico from January 2005 to November 2006. Mr. Arellano joined our Company in October 2003 as the Plant Manager of our former Carson City, NV facility. Prior to joining our Company, he served in a variety of human resources and operational roles with Tyco Healthcare — Especialidades Medicas Kenmex and with Sony de Tijuana Este.
Susan M. Bratton , age 53, is Senior Vice President and Business Leader for our Electrochem business and has served in that office since January 2005. She served as Vice President of Corporate Quality from March 2001 to January 2005, as General Manager of our Electrochem Division from July 1998 to March 2001 and as Director of Procurement from June 1991 to July 1998. Ms. Bratton has held various other positions with our Company since joining us in 1976.
Susan H. Campbell , age 45, is Senior Vice President and the Business Leader for our Orthopaedics Group and has served in that office since October 2008. Ms. Campbell had served as Senior Vice President for Global Manufacturing and Supply Chain from January 2008 until October 2008 and the Business Leader for our Medical Power Group from January 2005 until January 2008. She joined our Company in April 2003 as the Plant Manager for our medical battery facility. Prior to that time, Ms. Campbell was a plant manager for Delphi Corporation and General Motors Corporation.
Barbara M. Davis , age 59, is Vice President for Human Resources, and has served in that office since April 2004. She joined our Company in October 1998 as Director of Human Resources and Organization Development.
Thomas J. Hook, age 47, has served as our President & Chief Executive Officer since August 2006. Prior to August 2006, he was our Chief Operating Officer, a position he assumed upon joining our Company in September 2004. From August 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Hook was employed by CTI Molecular Imaging where he had served as President, CTI Solutions Group.
Thomas J. Mazza , age 56, is Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer, and has served in that office since August 2005. He joined our Company in November 2003 as Vice President and Corporate Controller. Prior to that, Mr. Mazza served in a variety of financial roles with Foster Wheeler Ltd., including Vice President and Corporate Controller.
Timothy G. McEvoy , age 52, is Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary, and has served in that office since joining our Company in February 2007. From 1992 until January 2007, he was employed in a variety of legal roles by Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, most recently as Administrative Vice President and Deputy General Counsel.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We make available free of charge through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those reports with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Internet address is www.greatbatch.com . The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered a part of this report. These items may also be obtained free of charge by written request made to Christopher J. Thome, Manager of External Reporting and Investor Relations, Greatbatch, Inc., 10000 Wehrle Drive, Clarence, New York 14031.
 
 15 

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
Some of the statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K and other written and oral statements made from time to time by us and our representatives, are not statements of historical or current fact. As such, they are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. They include statements relating to:

 	•	 	future sales, expenses and profitability;	
 		
 	•	 	the future development and expected growth of our business and industry;	
 		
 	•	 	our ability to execute our business model and our business strategy;	
 		
 	•	 	our ability to identify trends within our industries and to offer products and services that meet the changing needs of those markets; and	
 		
 	•	 	projected capital expenditures.	
You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially from those stated or implied by these forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements and our prospects generally, you should carefully consider the factors set forth below. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary factors and to others contained throughout this report. We are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results.
Although it is not possible to create a comprehensive list of all factors that may cause actual results to differ from the results expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements or that may affect our future results, some of these factors include the following: dependence upon a limited number of customers; customer ordering patterns; product obsolescence; our inability to market current or future products; pricing pressure from customers; our ability to timely and successfully implement our cost reduction and plant consolidation initiatives; our reliance on third party suppliers for raw materials, products and subcomponents; fluctuating operating results; our inability to maintain high quality standards for our products; challenges to our intellectual property rights; product liability claims; our inability to successfully consummate and integrate acquisitions and to realize synergies and to operate these acquired businesses in accordance with expectations; our unsuccessful expansion into new markets; our inability to obtain licenses to key technology; regulatory changes or consolidation in the healthcare industry; global economic factors including currency exchange rates and interest rates; the resolution of various legal actions brought against the Company; and other risks and uncertainties that arise from time to time and are described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this report.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our business faces many risks. Any of the risks discussed below, or elsewhere in this report or in our other SEC filings, could have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.
 
 16 

Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Business
We depend heavily on a limited number of customers, and if we lose any of them or they reduce their business with us, we would lose a substantial portion of our revenues.
In 2009, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical, collectively accounted for approximately 63% of our revenues. Our supply agreements with these customers might not be renewed. Furthermore, many of our supply agreements do not contain minimum purchase level requirements and therefore there is no guaranteed source of revenue that we can depend upon under these agreements. The loss of any large customer or a reduction of business with that customer for any reason would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we do not respond to changes in technology, our products may become obsolete and we may experience a loss of customers and lower revenues.
We sell our products to customers in several industries that are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Without the timely introduction of new products and enhancements, our products and services will likely become technologically obsolete over time and we may lose a significant number of our customers. In addition, other new products introduced by our customers may require fewer of our components. We dedicate a significant amount of resources to the development of our products and technologies and we would be harmed if we did not meet customer requirements and expectations. Our inability, for technological or other reasons, to successfully develop and introduce new and innovative products could result in a loss of customers and lower revenues.
If we are unable to successfully market our current or future products, our business will be harmed and our revenues and operating results will be reduced.
The market for our medical and commercial products has been growing in recent years. If the market for our products does not grow as rapidly as forecasted by industry experts, our revenues could be less than expected. In addition, it is difficult to predict the rate at which the market for our products will grow or at which new and increased competition will result in market saturation. Slower growth in the CRM, Orthopaedic, Vascular Access or Energy markets in particular would negatively impact our revenues. In addition, we face the risk that our products will lose widespread market acceptance. Our customers may not continue to utilize the products we offer and a market may not develop for our future products.
We may at times determine that it is not technically or economically feasible for us to continue to manufacture certain products and we may not be successful in developing or marketing them. Additionally, new technologies that we develop may not be rapidly accepted because of industry-specific factors, including the need for regulatory clearance, entrenched patterns of clinical practice and uncertainty over third party reimbursement. If this occurs, our business will be harmed and our operating results will be negatively affected.
We are subject to pricing pressures from customers, which could harm operating results.
We have made price reductions to some of our large customers in recent years and we expect customer pressure for price reductions will continue. Price concessions or reductions may cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, any delay or failure by a large customer to make payments due to us would harm our operating results and financial condition.
 
 17 

Table of Contents

We rely on third party suppliers for raw materials, key products and subcomponents and if we are unable to obtain these materials, products and subcomponents on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, our ability to manufacture products will suffer.
Our business depends on a continuous supply of raw materials. The principal raw materials used in our business include lithium, iodine, tantalum, platinum, ruthenium, gallium trichloride, tantalum pellets, vanadium pentoxide, iridium, and titanium. The supply and price of these raw materials are susceptible to fluctuations due to transportation, government regulations, price controls, economic climate or other unforeseen circumstances. Increasing global demand for these raw materials we need for our business has caused the prices of these materials to increase significantly. In addition, there are a limited number of worldwide suppliers of several raw materials needed to manufacture our products. We may not be able to continue to procure raw materials critical to our business or to procure them at acceptable price levels.
We rely on third party manufacturers to supply many of our products and subcomponents. Manufacturing problems may occur with these and other outside sources, as a supplier may fail to develop and supply products and subcomponents to us on a timely basis, or may supply us with products and subcomponents that do not meet our quality, quantity and cost requirements. If any of these problems occur, we may be unable to obtain substitute sources for these products and subcomponents on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, which could harm our ability to manufacture our own products and components profitably or on time. In addition, to the extent the processes that our suppliers use to manufacture products and subcomponents are proprietary, we may be unable to obtain comparable subcomponents from alternative suppliers.
We may never realize the full value of our intangible assets, which represent a significant portion of our total assets.
At January 1, 2010, we had $406.3 million of intangible assets, representing 49% of our total assets. These intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, trademarks, tradenames, customer lists and patented technology arising from our acquisitions. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but are tested annually or upon the occurrence of certain events that indicate that the assets may be impaired. Definite lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain events that indicate that the assets may be impaired. We may not receive the recorded value for our intangible assets if we sell or liquidate our business or assets. In addition, the material concentration of intangible assets increases the risk of a large charge to earnings in the event that the recoverability of these intangible assets is impaired, and in the event of such a charge to earnings, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, intangible assets with definite lives, which represent $82.1 million of our net intangible assets at January 1, 2010, will continue to be amortized. We incurred total amortization expenses relating to these intangible assets of $10.1 million in 2009. These expenses will reduce our future earnings or increase our future losses.
Quality problems with our products could harm our reputation for producing high quality products, erode our competitive advantage.
Our products are held to high quality and performance standards. In the event that our products fail to meet these standards, our reputation for producing high quality products could be harmed, which would damage our competitive advantage and could result in lower revenues.
 
 18 

Table of Contents

Quality problems with our products could result in warranty claims and additional costs.
We generally allow customers to return defective or damaged products for credit, replacement, or exchange. We generally warrant that our products will meet customer specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Additionally, we carry a safety stock of inventory for our customers which may be impacted by warranty claims. We accrue for our exposure to warranty claims based upon recent historical experience and other specific information as it becomes available. However, such reserves may not be adequate to cover future warranty claims and additional warranty costs and/or inventory write-offs may be incurred which could harm our operating results or financial condition.
Regulatory issues resulting from product complaints, or recalls, or regulatory body audits could harm our ability to produce and supply products or bring new products to market.
Our products are designed, manufactured and distributed globally in compliance with all pertinent regulations and standards. However, a product complaint recall or negative regulatory body audit may cause products to be removed from the market which could harm our operating results or financial condition. In addition, during the corrective phase, regulatory bodies may not allow new products to be cleared for marketing and sale.
If we become subject to product liability claims, our operating results and financial condition could suffer.
The manufacturing and sale of our products expose us to potential product liability claims and product recalls, including those that may arise from failure to meet product specifications, misuse or malfunction of, or design flaws in our products, or use of our products with components or systems not manufactured or sold by us. Many of our products are components and function in interaction with our customers’ medical devices. For example, our batteries are produced to meet various electrical performance, longevity and other specifications, but the actual performance of those products is dependent on how they are in fact utilized as part of the customers’ devices over the lifetime of the products. Product performance and device interaction from time to time have been, and may in the future be, different than expected for a number of reasons. Consequently, it is possible that customers may experience problems with their medical devices that could require device recall or other corrective action, where our batteries met the specification at delivery, and for reasons that are not related primarily or at all to any failure by our product to perform in accordance with specifications. It is possible that our customers (or end-users) may in the future assert that our products caused or contributed to device failure. Even if these assertions do not lead to product liability or contract claims, they could harm our reputation and our customer relationships.
Provisions contained in our agreements with key customers attempting to limit our damages, including provisions to limit damages to liability for gross negligence, may not be enforceable in all instances or may otherwise fail to protect us from liability for damages. Product liability claims or product recalls, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or require us to pay significant damages. The occurrence of product liability claims or product recalls could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
We carry liability insurance coverage that is limited in scope and amount. We may not be able to maintain this insurance at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, or at all. This insurance may not be adequate to protect us against a product liability claim that arises in the future.
 
 19 

Table of Contents

Our operating results may fluctuate, which may make it difficult to forecast our future performance and may result in volatility in our stock price.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, including but not limited to the following:

•	 	the fixed nature of a substantial percentage of our costs, which results in our operations being particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenue;	
 		
•	 	changes in the relative portion of our revenue represented by our various products and customers, which could result in reductions in our profits if the relative portion of our revenue represented by lower margin products increases;	
 		
•	 	timing of orders placed by our principal customers who account for a significant portion of our revenues; and	
 		
•	 	increased costs of raw materials or supplies.	
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business could be adversely affected.
We rely on a combination of patents, licenses, trade secrets and know-how to establish and protect our proprietary rights to our technologies and products. As of January 1, 2010, we held 396 active U.S. patents and 295 active foreign patents. However, the steps we have taken or will take to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our intellectual property. In addition to seeking formal patent protection whenever possible, we attempt to protect our proprietary rights and trade secrets by entering into confidentiality and non-compete agreements with employees, consultants and third parties with which we do business. However, these agreements can be breached and, if they are, there may not be an adequate remedy available to us and we may be unable to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures. If our trade secrets become known, we may lose our competitive advantages.
If third parties infringe or misappropriate our patents or other proprietary rights, our business could be seriously harmed. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to detect infringement of these rights and may lose our competitive advantages associated with our intellectual property rights before we do so. In addition, competitors may design around our technology or develop competing technologies that do not infringe on our proprietary rights.
We may be subject to intellectual property claims, which could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management from our business operations.
In producing our products, third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to have infringed those intellectual property rights. We may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may be used in our technology and products. In addition, third parties may claim that our patents have been improperly granted and may seek to invalidate our existing or future patents. If any claim for invalidation prevailed, the result could be greatly expanded opportunities for third parties to manufacture and sell products that compete with our products and our revenues from any related license agreements would decrease accordingly. We also typically do not receive significant indemnification from parties which license technology to us against third party claims of intellectual property infringement.
 
 20 

Table of Contents

Any litigation or other challenges regarding our patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. The complexity of the technology involved in producing our products, and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increases these risks. Claims of intellectual property infringement might also require us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. However, we may not be able to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development and sale of our products.
We are dependent upon our senior management team and key personnel and the loss of any of them could significantly harm us.
Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our senior management team and key technical personnel. Our products are highly technical in nature. In general, only highly qualified and trained scientists have the necessary skills to develop our products. The loss or unavailability to us of any member of our senior management team or a key technical employee could significantly harm us. We face intense competition for these professionals from our competitors, customers and companies operating in our industry. To the extent that the services of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel would be unavailable to us for any reason, we would be required to hire other personnel to manage and operate our company and to develop our products and technology. We may not be able to locate or employ such qualified personnel on acceptable terms.
We may not be able to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees to maintain and grow our business.
Our success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate highly skilled employees. There is currently aggressive competition for employees who have experience in technology and engineering. We compete intensely with other companies to recruit and hire from this limited pool. The industries in which we compete for employees are characterized by high levels of employee attrition. Although we believe we offer competitive salaries and benefits, we may have to increase spending in order to attract, train and retain personnel.
We may make acquisitions that could subject us to a number of operational risks and we may not be successful in integrating companies we acquire into our existing operations.
We have made and expect to make in the future acquisitions that complement our core competencies in technology and manufacturing to enable us to manufacture and sell additional products to our existing customers and to expand our business into related markets. Implementation of our acquisition strategy entails a number of risks, including:

•	 	inaccurate assessments of potential liabilities associated with the acquired businesses;	
 		
•	 	the existence of unknown or undisclosed liabilities associated with the acquired businesses;	
 		
•	 	diversion of our management’s attention from our core businesses;	
 		
•	 	potential loss of key employees or customers of the acquired businesses;	
 		
•	 	difficulties in integrating the operations and products of an acquired business or in realizing projected revenue growth, efficiencies and cost savings; and	
 		
•	 	increases in indebtedness and limitation in our ability to access capital if needed.	
Our acquisitions have increased the size and scope of our operations, and may place a strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Any failure by us to manage this growth and successfully integrate these acquisitions could harm our business and our financial condition and results.
 
 21 

Table of Contents

If we are not successful in making acquisitions to expand and develop our business, our operating results may suffer.
One facet of our growth strategy is to make acquisitions that complement our core competencies in technology and manufacturing to enable us to manufacture and sell additional products to our existing customers and to expand our business into related markets. Our continued growth may depend on our ability to identify and acquire companies that complement or enhance our business on acceptable terms. We may not be able to identify or complete future acquisitions. Some of the risks that we may encounter include expenses associated with and difficulties in identifying potential targets, the costs associated with unsuccessful acquisitions, and higher prices for acquired companies because of competition for attractive acquisition targets.
We may face competition that could harm our business and we may be unable to compete successfully against new entrants and established companies with greater resources.
Competition in connection with the manufacturing of our medical products may intensify in the future. One or more of our medical customers may undertake additional vertical integration initiatives and begin to manufacture some or all of their components that we currently supply them which could cause our operating results to suffer. The market for commercial power sources is competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid technological change. Many other commercial power source suppliers are larger and have greater financial, operational, personnel, sales, technical and marketing resources than our company. These and other companies may develop products that are superior to ours, which could result in lower revenues and operating results.
Accidents at one of our facilities could delay production and adversely affect our operations.
Our business involves complex manufacturing processes and hazardous materials that can be dangerous to our employees. Although we employ safety procedures in the design and operation of our facilities, there is a risk that an accident or death could occur in one of our facilities. Any accident, such as a chemical spill, could result in significant manufacturing delays or claims for damages resulting from injuries, which would harm our operations and financial condition. The potential liability resulting from any such accident or death, to the extent not covered by insurance, could harm our financial condition or operating results. Any disruption of operations at any of our facilities could harm our business.
We intend to develop new products and expand into new markets, which may not be successful and could harm our operating results.
We intend to expand into new markets and develop new products based on our existing technologies and engineering capabilities. These efforts have required and will continue to require us to make substantial investments, including significant research, development and engineering expenditures and capital expenditures for new, expanded or improved manufacturing facilities. Additionally, many of the new products we are working on take longer and more resources to develop and commercialize, including obtaining regulatory approval. Specific risks in connection with expanding into new markets include the inability to transfer our quality standards and technology into new products, failure to receive regulatory approval for our new products, the failure of customers to accept our new products, longer product development cycles and competition. We may not be able to successfully manage expansion into new markets and products and these unsuccessful efforts may harm our financial condition and operating results.
 
 22 

Table of Contents

Our failure to obtain licenses from third parties for new technologies or the loss of these licenses could impair our ability to design and manufacture new products and reduce our revenues.
We occasionally license technologies from third parties rather than depending exclusively on our own proprietary technology and developments. For example, we license a capacitor patent from another company. Our ability to license new technologies from third parties is and will continue to be critical to our ability to offer new and improved products. We may not be able to continue to identify new technologies developed by others and even if we are able to identify new technologies, we may not be able to negotiate licenses on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, we could lose rights granted under licenses for reasons beyond our control.
Our international operations and sales are subject to a variety of risks and costs that could adversely affect our profitability and operating results.
Our sales outside the U.S., which accounted for 53% of sales for 2009, and our Mexico, Switzerland and France locations are subject to certain foreign country risks. Our international sales and operations are, and will continue to be, subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including:

•	 	changes in foreign regulatory requirements;	
 		
•	 	local product preferences and product requirements;	
 		
•	 	longer-term receivables than are typical in the U.S.;	
 		
•	 	difficulties in enforcing agreements through certain foreign legal systems;	
 		
•	 	less protection of intellectual property in some countries outside of the U.S.;	
 		
•	 	trade protection measures and import and export licensing requirements;	
 		
•	 	work force instability;	
 		
•	 	political and economic instability; and	
 		
•	 	complex tax and cash management issues.	
We earn revenue and incur expenses related to our foreign sales and operations that are denominated in a foreign currency. Historically, foreign currency fluctuations have not had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. However, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could have a significant negative impact on our profitability and operating results.
The current economic environment and credit market uncertainty could interrupt our access to capital markets, borrowings, or financial transactions to hedge certain risks, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
As of January 1, 2010, we had $289.4 million of debt with varying maturities, including our convertible subordinated notes and revolving line of credit. These arrangements have allowed us to make investments in growth opportunities and fund working capital requirements. In addition, we enter into financial transactions to hedge certain risks, including foreign exchange and interest rate risk. Our continued access to capital markets, the stability of our lenders and their willingness to support our needs, and the stability of the parties to our financial transactions that hedge risks are essential for us to meet our current obligations, fund operations, and fund our strategic initiatives. An interruption in our access to external financing or financial transactions to hedge risk could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.
 
 23 

Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Industries
The healthcare industry is subject to various political, economic and regulatory changes that could force us to modify how we develop and price our products.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is influenced by changing political, economic and regulatory factors. Several of our product lines are subject to international, federal, state and local health and safety, packaging and product content regulations. In addition, IMDs produced by our medical customers are subject to regulation by the FDA and similar governmental agencies. This regulation covers a wide variety of product activities from design and development to labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. Compliance with this regulation may be time consuming, burdensome and expensive and could negatively affect our customers’ abilities to sell their products, which in turn would adversely affect our ability to sell our products. This may result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated revenues.
Regulations issued in the healthcare industry are also complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Federal and state legislatures have periodically considered programs to reform or amend the U.S. healthcare system at both the federal and state levels. In addition, these regulations may contain proposals to increase governmental involvement in healthcare, lower reimbursement rates or otherwise change the environment in which healthcare industry participants operate. We may be required to incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or remedy past violations of these regulations. Any failure by our company to comply with applicable government regulations could also result in cessation of portions or all of our operations, impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations. In addition, because many of our products are sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products.
In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the Obama administration, members of Congress, state governments, regulators and third-party payors to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals would limit the prices our OEM customers are able to charge for their products or the amounts of reimbursement available for their products, and could limit the acceptance and availability of those products. Additionally, legislative proposals currently pending would impose significant new taxes on medical device makers such as our customers which may then be passed on to their suppliers such as us.
These taxes, if implemented, would result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry, which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows. Draft legislation would also impose new payroll taxes, excise taxes, income taxes and other taxes; implement changes to Medicare and Medicaid; establish a government health insurance option and allow the government to mandate minimum levels of coverage and make comparative effectiveness recommendations. In summary, if legislation is enacted and depending on the form it takes, it could change the way healthcare is developed and delivered, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
 24 

Table of Contents

Our business is subject to environmental regulations that could be costly to comply with.
Federal, state and local regulations impose various environmental controls on the manufacturing, transportation, storage, use and disposal of batteries and hazardous chemicals and other materials used in, and hazardous waste produced by, the manufacturing of power sources and components. Conditions relating to our historical operations may require expenditures for clean-up in the future and changes in environmental laws and regulations may impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities. Additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and disposal of materials used to manufacture our products or restricting disposal of batteries may be imposed. In addition, we cannot predict the effect that additional or modified environmental regulations may have on us or our customers.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could result in greater competition and reduce our Greatbatch Medical revenues and harm our business.
Many healthcare industry companies are consolidating to create new companies with greater market power. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants will become more intense. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price concessions or reductions for our products. If we are forced to reduce our prices because of consolidation in the healthcare industry, our revenues would decrease and our operating results would suffer.
Our Greatbatch Medical business is indirectly subject to healthcare industry cost containment measures that could result in reduced sales of our products.
Several of our customers rely on third party payors, such as government programs and private health insurance plans, to reimburse some or all of the cost of the procedures in which our products are used. The continuing efforts of government, insurance companies and other payors of healthcare costs to contain or reduce those costs could lead to patients being unable to obtain approval for payment from these third party payors. If that occurred, sales of medical devices may decline significantly, and our customers may reduce or eliminate purchases of our products. The cost containment measures that healthcare payors are instituting, both in the U.S. and internationally, could reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.
Our Electrochem revenues are dependent on conditions in the oil and natural gas industry, which historically have been volatile.
Sales of our commercial products depend to a great extent upon the condition of the oil and gas industry. In the past, oil and natural gas prices have been volatile and the oil and gas exploration and production industry has been cyclical, and it is likely that oil and natural gas prices will continue to fluctuate in the future. The current and anticipated prices of oil and natural gas influence the oil and gas exploration and production business and are affected by a variety of political and economic factors beyond our control, including worldwide demand for oil and natural gas, worldwide and domestic supplies of oil and natural gas, the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) to set and maintain production levels and pricing, the level of production of non-OPEC countries, the price and availability of alternative fuels, political stability in oil producing regions and the policies of the various governments regarding exploration and development of their oil and natural gas reserves. An adverse change in the oil and gas exploration and production industry or a reduction in the exploration and production expenditures of oil and gas companies could cause our revenues from Electrochem product sales to decline.
 
 25 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 1B.	 	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
None.

ITEM 2.	 	PROPERTIES	
The following table sets forth information about our significant facilities as of January 1, 2010:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Location	 	Sq. Ft.	 	 	Own/Lease	 	Principal Use	
Alden, NY	 	 	125,000	 	 	Own	 	Medical battery and capacitor manufacturing	
Chaumont, France	 	 	59,200	 	 	Own	 	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Clarence, NY	 	 	117,800	 	 	Own	 	Corporate offices and RD&E	
Clarence, NY	 	 	20,800	 	 	Own	 	Machining and assembly of components	
Clarence, NY	 	 	18,600	 	 	Lease	 	Machining and assembly of components	
Cleveland, OH	 	 	16,900	 	 	Lease	 	Office and lab space for design engineering team	
Columbia City, IN	 	 	40,000	 	 	Lease	 	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Corgemont, Switzerland	 	 	34,400	 	 	Lease	 	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Indianapolis, IN	 	 	82,600	 	 	Own	 	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Minneapolis, MN	 	 	72,000	 	 	Own	 	Enclosure manufacturing and engineering	
Orvin, Switzerland	 	 	34,400	 	 	Own	 	Manufacturing of orthopaedic and surgical goods	
Plymouth, MN	 	 	95,700	 	 	Lease	 	Introducers, catheters and leads manufacturing and engineering	
Raynham, MA	 	 	81,000	 	 	Own	 	Commercial battery manufacturing and RD&E	
Tijuana, Mexico	 	 	144,000	 	 	Lease	 	Value-added assembly, and feedthrough, electrode and EMI filtering manufacturing	
In general, we believe these facilities are suitable and adequate for our current business and have capacity to meet our future growth objectives without the need for additional expansion. In 2010, we announced the opening of our Orthopaedic design center located in Warsaw, IN. The new facility will be equipped with the latest rapid prototyping equipment and is being leased. Additionally, further investment is planned over the next three years to drive improvements and growth in all Orthopaedic locations. In 2009, we ceased operations at our Blaine, MN, Canton, MA and Teterboro, NJ facilities.

ITEM 3.	 	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
We are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. A complete list of all material pending legal actions against the company are set forth at Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report. Except for the items set forth in Note 11, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any pending legal actions will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact in the period in which the ruling occurs and beyond.
 
 26 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 4.	 	RESERVED	
PART II

ITEM 5.	 	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.	
The Company’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GB.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high, low and closing sales prices per share for the common stock as reported by the NYSE:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	High	 	 	Low	 	 	Close	 	
2008	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	$	23.48	 	 	$	17.18	 	 	$	18.79	 	
Second Quarter	 	 	19.79	 	 	 	15.49	 	 	 	17.20	 	
Third Quarter	 	 	27.08	 	 	 	16.86	 	 	 	25.78	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	 	27.41	 	 	 	17.72	 	 	 	26.72	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	$	27.45	 	 	$	17.27	 	 	$	19.71	 	
Second Quarter	 	 	23.48	 	 	 	18.50	 	 	 	22.00	 	
Third Quarter	 	 	23.20	 	 	 	20.06	 	 	 	21.63	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	 	22.21	 	 	 	17.99	 	 	 	19.23	 	
As of March 2, 2010, there were approximately 240 record holders of the Company’s common stock. The Company stock account included in our 401(k) plan is considered one record holder for the purposes of this calculation. There are approximately 1,700 accounts holding Company stock in the 401(k) plan including accounts for active and former employees. We have not paid cash dividends and currently intend to retain any earnings to further develop and grow our business.
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The following graph compares for the five year period ended January 1, 2010, the cumulative total stockholder return for Greatbatch, Inc., the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, and the Hemscott Peer Group Index. The Hemscott Peer Group Index includes over 300 comparable companies included in the Hemscott Industry Group 520 Medical Instruments & Supplies and 521 Medical Appliances & Equipment . The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2004 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The stock price performance shown on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance:

 27 

Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table provides selected financial data of our Company for the periods indicated. You should read this data along with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” appearing elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statement of operations data and the consolidated balance sheet data for the fiscal years indicated have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Jan. 1,	 	 	Jan. 2,	 	 	Dec. 28,	 	 	Dec. 29,	 	 	Dec. 30,	 	
Years ended	 	2010 (1)(4)(5)	 	 	2009 (1)(3)(4)	 	 	2007 (1)(3)(4)	 	 	2006 (1)	 	 	2005 (1)(2)	 	
	 	(in thousands, except per share data)	 		
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales	 	$	521,821	 	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	318,746	 	 	$	271,142	 	 	$	241,097	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	 	(18,177	)	 	 	20,517	 	 	 	23,919	 	 	 	23,534	 	 	 	15,464	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Income (loss) per share	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.63	 	 	$	0.54	 	 	$	0.74	 	 	$	0.47	 	
Diluted	 	 	(0.39	)	 	 	0.62	 	 	 	0.53	 	 	 	0.73	 	 	 	0.46	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Working capital	 	$	119,926	 	 	$	142,219	 	 	$	116,816	 	 	$	199,051	 	 	$	151,958	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Total assets	 	 	830,543	 	 	 	848,033	 	 	 	662,769	 	 	 	547,827	 	 	 	512,911	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Long-term obligations	 	 	317,575	 	 	 	379,890	 	 	 	247,239	 	 	 	205,859	 	 	 	200,261	 	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	From 2005 to 2010, we recorded material charges in other operating expenses, net, primarily related to our cost savings and consolidation initiatives. Additional information is set forth at Note 9 “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 		
(2)	 	Beginning in 2006, we were required to begin recording compensation costs related to our stock-based compensation awards. If recorded in 2005, income (loss) before income taxes would have been lower by $3.4 million. Additional information is set forth at Note 8 “Stock-Based Compensation” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 
 28 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
(3)	 	During 2008, we acquired P Medical Holding, SA (January 2008) and DePuy Orthopaedics Chaumont, France facility (February 2008). During 2007, we acquired BIOMEC, Inc. (April 2007), Enpath Medical, Inc. (June 2007), IntelliSensing, LLC (October 2007), Quan Emerteq, LLC (November 2007), and Engineered Assemblies Corporation (November 2007). These amounts include the results of operations of these companies subsequent to their acquisitions. In connection with these acquisitions, we recorded charges in 2008 and 2007 of $8.7 million and $18.4 million, respectively, related to inventory step-up amortization and in process research and development.	
 		
(4)	 	Beginning in 2009, we were required to begin recording interest expense on our convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion at our nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. As required, the 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this change in accounting as if it were in effect on the date the convertible debt was originally issued (March 2007). Additional information is set forth at Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 		
(5)	 	In 2009, we recorded a $34.5 million charge related to the Electrochem Litigation and $15.9 million related to the write-down of trademarks and tradenames. Additional information is set forth at Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 4 “Intangible Assets” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	

 29 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 7.	 	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
YOU SHOULD READ THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND RELATED NOTES INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS REPORT.
Overview
Our Business

 	•	 	Our business	
 		
 	•	 	Our acquisitions	
 		
 	•	 	Our customers	
 		
 	•	 	Financial overview	
 		
 	•	 	CEO message	
 		
 	•	 	Product development	
Our Critical Accounting Estimates

 	•	 	Valuation of goodwill, other identifiable intangible assets and IPR&D	
 		
 	•	 	Stock-based compensation	
 		
 	•	 	Inventories	
 		
 	•	 	Tangible long-lived assets	
 		
 	•	 	Provision for income taxes	
Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts
Our Financial Results

 	•	 	Results of operations table	
 		
 	•	 	Fiscal 2009 compared with fiscal 2008	
 		
 	•	 	Fiscal 2008 compared with fiscal 2007	
 		
 	•	 	Liquidity and capital resources	
 		
 	•	 	Off-balance sheet arrangements	
 		
 	•	 	Litigation	
 		
 	•	 	Contractual obligations	
 		
 	•	 	Inflation	
 		
 	•	 	Impact of recently issued accounting standards	
Our Business
We operate our business in two reportable segments — Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). During 2009, we rebranded our Implantable Medical Component (“IMC”) segment as Greatbatch Medical. The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures systems, components and devices for the Cardiac Rhythm Management (“CRM”), Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets.
 
 30 

Table of Contents

Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). Our products include: 1) batteries, capacitors, filtered and unfiltered feedthroughs, engineered components and enclosures used in Implantable Medical Devices (“IMDs”); 2) instruments and delivery systems used in hip and knee replacement, trauma and spine surgeries as well as hip, knee and shoulder implants; and 3) introducers, catheters, steerable sheaths and implantable stimulation leads. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for medical systems and devices within the markets in which it operates.
Electrochem is a leader in technology solutions for critical industrial applications, including customized battery power and wireless sensing systems. Originating from the lithium cell invented for the implantable pacemaker by our founder, Wilson Greatbatch, our technology and superior quality and reliability is utilized in markets world-wide.
Our Acquisitions
On April 3, 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of BIOMEC, Inc. (“BIOMEC”). BIOMEC was a biomedical device company based in Cleveland, OH. The results of BIOMEC’s operations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of BIOMEC totaled $11.4 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from BIOMEC were $12.0 million, of which $7.4 million were intangible assets, including $2.3 million of in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), which we immediately expensed, and $5.1 million of goodwill.
On June 15, 2007, we completed our acquisition of Enpath Medical, Inc. (“Enpath”). Enpath designed, developed, manufactured and marketed single use medical device products for the cardiac rhythm management, neuromodulation and interventional radiology markets. The results of Enpath’s operations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Enpath totaled $98.4 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Enpath were $113.8 million, of which $91.3 million were intangible assets, including $13.8 million of IPR&D, which we immediately expensed, and $48.9 million of goodwill.
On October 26, 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of IntelliSensing, LLC (“IntelliSensing”). IntelliSensing designed and manufactured wireless sensor solutions that measure temperature, pressure, flow and other critical data. The results of IntelliSensing’s operations were included in our Electrochem business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of IntelliSensing totaled $3.9 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from IntelliSensing were $4.0 million, of which $3.8 million were intangible assets, including $1.9 million of goodwill.
On November 16, 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Quan Emerteq, LLC (“Quan”). Quan designed, developed and manufactured single use medical device products for the vascular, CRM and neuromodulation markets. The results of Quan’s operations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Quan totaled $60.0 million, which we primarily paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Quan were $62.8 million, of which $52.4 million were intangible assets, including $32.2 million of goodwill.
On November 16, 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Engineered Assemblies Corporation (“EAC”). EAC was a leading provider of custom battery solutions and electronics integration focused on rechargeable battery systems. The results of EAC’s operations were included in our Electrochem business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of EAC totaled $15.1 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from EAC were $16.7 million, of which $7.9 million were intangible assets, including $5.5 million of goodwill.
 
 31 

Table of Contents

On January 7, 2008, we acquired P Medical Holding SA (“Precimed”) which had administrative offices in Orvin, Switzerland and Exton, PA, manufacturing operations in Switzerland and Indiana and sales offices in Japan, China and the United Kingdom. Precimed was a leading technology-driven supplier to the orthopaedic industry. The results of Precimed’s operations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Precimed totaled $85.0 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Precimed were $143.0 million, of which $82.3 million were intangible assets, including $2.2 million of IPR&D which we immediately expensed, and $47.2 million of goodwill.
On February 11, 2008, Precimed completed its previously announced acquisition of DePuy Orthopaedics (“DePuy”) Chaumont, France manufacturing facility (the “Chaumont Facility”). The Chaumont Facility produces hip and shoulder implants for DePuy Ireland who distributes them worldwide through various DePuy selling entities. This transaction included a new four year supply agreement with DePuy. The results of DePuy’s operations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of the Chaumont Facility totaled $28.7 million, which we paid in cash. Total assets acquired from the Chaumont Facility were $29.3 million, of which $6.6 million was goodwill.
Going forward, we expect the pace of acquisitions to be less than the 2008 and 2007 levels. However, we will continue to pursue strategically targeted and opportunistic acquisitions.
Our Customers
Our products are designed to provide reliable, long-lasting solutions that meet the evolving requirements and needs of our customers and the end users of their products. The nature and extent of our selling relationships with each customer are different in terms of breadth of products purchased, purchased product volumes, length of contractual commitment, ordering patterns, inventory management and selling prices.
Our Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national OEMs, such as Biotronik, Boston Scientific, DePuy, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic, Smith & Nephew, Sorin Group, St. Jude Medical, Stryker and Zimmer. During 2007 and in the first quarter of 2008, we completed seven acquisitions in order to diversify our customer base and market concentration. During 2009 and 2008, Boston Scientific, Johnson & Johnson, Medtronic and St. Jude Medical collectively accounted for 63% and 56% of our total sales, respectively.
The initial term of our supply agreement with Boston Scientific pursuant to which Boston Scientific purchases a certain percentage of the batteries, capacitors, filtered feedthroughs and case halves it uses in its IMDs ends on December 31, 2010. The agreement may be renewed for one or more four-year renewal terms upon mutual agreement of the parties. We are actively negotiating a follow-on agreement with targeted completion during 2010.
Our Electrochem customers are primarily companies involved in demanding applications in markets such as energy, security, portable medical and environmental monitoring including Halliburton Company, Weatherford International, General Electric, Thales, Zoll Medical Corp. and Scripps Institution of Oceanography.
 
 32 

Table of Contents

Financial Overview
For 2009, revenue totaled $521.8 million, a 5% decrease from 2008, which included the benefit of an additional week of operations due to our fiscal year ending on the closest Friday to December 31. This additional week added approximately $10 million to 2008 sales. During 2009, 7% CRM/Neuromodulation revenue growth was offset by decreases in Orthopaedic, Vascular and Electrochem revenue which were impacted by the uncertain health care and economic environment. For 2008, sales were $546.6 million, an increase of 71% over 2007. In addition to the extra week of operations, 2008 revenue benefitted from our acquisitions in 2008 and 2007, which added approximately $208.2 million of incremental revenue, as well as organic growth of 7%.
Over the last three years, we were extremely focused on the integration of our acquisitions. As a result, we incurred additional costs related to the implementation of numerous cost savings, consolidation and integration initiatives. Additionally, during 2009, we accrued $34.5 million in connection with our Electrochem Litigation (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report) and incurred a $15.9 million tradename write-down due to the successful rebranding of our Greatbatch Medical segment. During 2008 and 2007, we incurred IPR&D charges and inventory step-up amortization expense related to our acquisitions of $8.7 million and $18.4 million, respectively. Including these charges, operating income for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1.0 million, $34.9 million and $20.0 million, respectively.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Additionally, we consistently report and discuss in our quarterly earnings releases and investor presentations adjusted operating income and margin, adjusted net income and adjusted earnings per diluted share. These adjusted amounts consist of GAAP amounts excluding (i) acquisition-related charges, (ii) facility consolidation, manufacturing transfer and system integration charges, (iii) asset write-down and disposition charges, (iv) litigation charges and (v) the income tax (benefit) related to these adjustments. We believe that reporting these amounts provides important supplemental information to our investors and creditors seeking to understand the financial and business trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, the performance based compensation of our executive management is determined utilizing these adjusted amounts.
Adjusted operating income for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $62.6 million, $58.1 million and $43.7 million, respectively. Adjusted operating income expressed as a percentage of sales, or adjusted operating margin, was 12.0%, 10.6% and 13.7%. The decrease in this percentage from 2007 was a direct result of our acquisitions. Our goal is to improve adjusted operating margin to approximately 20% over the next three to five years through our initiatives to improve the operating performance of the acquired companies and through the development of innovative products to drive future revenue growth. Evidence of the progress we have made in these initiatives can be seen in the improvement of adjusted operating margin from 2008 to 2009. Our adjusted operating margin is expected to be between 12.0% and 13.5% for 2010.
 
 33 

Table of Contents

A reconciliation of GAAP operating income to adjusted operating income is as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Operating income as reported:	 	$	1,048	 	 	$	34,894	 	 	$	20,020	 	
IPR&D write-down	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,240	 	 	 	16,093	 	
Acquisition charges (inventory step-up)	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,422	 	 	 	2,276	 	
Electrochem litigation charge	 	 	34,500	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Write-down of intangible assets	 	 	15,921	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Consolidation costs	 	 	7,069	 	 	 	9,010	 	 	 	5,228	 	
Integration costs	 	 	3,077	 	 	 	5,369	 	 	 	—	 	
Asset dispositions & other	 	 	948	 	 	 	199	 	 	 	96	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income — adjusted	 	$	62,563	 	 	$	58,134	 	 	$	43,713	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating margin — adjusted	 	 	12.0	%	 	 	10.6	%	 	 	13.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Beginning in 2009, we adopted a change in accounting that required issuers of convertible debt that may be settled in cash upon conversion, such as our CSN II (See Note 6 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report), to recognize interest expense on those instruments at their nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. As required, the 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this change in accounting (See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report).
Our GAAP diluted earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were ($0.39), $0.62 and $0.53, respectively. Adjusted diluted earnings per share, which excludes the items discussed above, were $1.52, $1.40 and $1.27, respectively. A reconciliation of GAAP income (loss) before taxes to adjusted net income and adjusted diluted EPS is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Income (loss) before taxes as reported:	 	$	(18,177	)	 	$	20,517	 	 	$	23,919	 	
IPR&D write-down	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,240	 	 	 	16,093	 	
Acquisition charges (inventory step-up)	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,422	 	 	 	2,276	 	
Electrochem litigation charge	 	 	34,500	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Write-down of intangible assets	 	 	15,921	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Consolidation costs	 	 	7,069	 	 	 	9,010	 	 	 	5,228	 	
Integration costs	 	 	3,077	 	 	 	5,369	 	 	 	—	 	
Asset dispositions & other	 	 	948	 	 	 	199	 	 	 	96	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sub-total	 	 	43,338	 	 	 	43,757	 	 	 	47,612	 	
Convertible debt accounting change	 	 	7,311	 	 	 	6,786	 	 	 	4,769	 	
Gain on extinguishment of debt & sale of investment security	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,242	)	 	 	(8,474	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted income before taxes	 	 	50,649	 	 	 	47,301	 	 	 	43,907	 	
Adjusted provision for income taxes	 	 	14,688	 	 	 	14,427	 	 	 	14,270	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income	 	$	35,961	 	 	$	32,874	 	 	$	29,637	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted diluted EPS	 	$	1.52	 	 	$	1.40	 	 	$	1.27	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Number of shares (thousands)	 	 	24,000	 	 	 	24,100	 	 	 	24,400	 	
 
 34 

Table of Contents

We completed five acquisitions in 2007 and two in the first two months of 2008. These acquisitions were enabled by our cash position and the financing we put in place during 2007. During 2009, we generated $71.8 million of cash flow from operations compared to $57.1 million and $43.0 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. This improvement is a direct result of the strategic initiatives discussed in “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts,” which were designed to improve operational efficiency.
As of January 1, 2010, we had $37.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and $289.4 million of debt including $30.5 million that comes due in June 2010. The remaining debt matures in 2012 and 2013.
CEO Message
I am proud of our strategic accomplishments in 2009. This year provided additional evidence of our execution and progress towards achieving both our short-term operational goals and long-term strategic objectives. With that said, I was not satisfied with the level of revenue we achieved in 2009. Despite the turbulent global economy and uncertain healthcare environment, the markets we operate in provide us opportunities. We have taken and will continue to take measures and actions that enable us to capitalize on those opportunities.
Improving operating performance is a critical part of our long-term plan to drive shareholder value. During 2009, we completed a number of strategic initiatives designed to improve operational efficiency, including the consolidation of five facilities, the completion of four ERP system and back office integrations, and the streamlining of our Orthopaedic operations to improve on-time delivery and lead-time. Additionally, during 2009, we took steps and made difficult cost cutting decisions to help offset the impact of lower revenue levels and higher R&D investment on our profitability. The benefit of these initiatives can be seen in our financial results, which included the achievement of our 12% adjusted operating margin goal for 2009, 26% growth in cash flow from operations to $72 million as well as the expansion of our gross margin to 31.9%. I consider these significant accomplishments given the difficult operating environment. We will continue to institute our operating discipline to improve performance, and are making strategic investments to drive both new product developments as well as greater operational efficiency. We are certain that our dedication to improving the business and closely following our strategic priorities has placed us in a strong position to benefit as the broader economy and healthcare industry improves and to experience continued success in 2010 and beyond.
Product Development
Currently, we are developing a series of new products for customer applications in the CRM, Neuromodulation, Vascular Access, Orthopaedic and Electrochem markets. Some of the key development initiatives include:

 	1.	 	To continue to develop complete systems solutions for our OEM customers in the markets we operate in;	
 		
 	2.	 	To continue the evolution of our Q series high rate ICD batteries;	
 		
 	3.	 	To continue development of MRI compatible leadwires and other neuromodulation products;	
 		
 	4.	 	To continue development of higher energy/higher density capacitors;	
 		
 	5.	 	To integrate Biomimetic coating technology with therapy delivery devices;	
 		
 	6.	 	To complete the design of next generation steerable catheters and introducers;	
 		
 	7.	 	To further develop minimally invasive surgical techniques for the orthopaedics industry;	
 		
 	8.	 	To develop disposable instrumentation for the orthopaedics industry;	
 		
 	9.	 	To provide wireless sensing solutions to Electrochem customers; and	
 		
 	10.	 	To develop a charging platform for Electrochem’s secondary offering.	
 
 35 

Table of Contents

Approximately $2.3 million of the BIOMEC purchase price in April 2007 was allocated to the estimated fair value of acquired IPR&D projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, thus were immediately expensed on the date of acquisition. The value assigned to IPR&D related to projects that incorporate BIOMEC’s novel-polymer coating (biomimetic) technology that mimics the surface of endothelial cells of blood vessels. An agreement was reached in 2008 with an OEM partner to provide coating material and services for their catheter products. The 510(k) application was approved by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and sales began in 2009, which did not materially impact our results of operations. There have been no significant changes from our original estimates with regard to these projects.
Approximately $13.8 million of the Enpath purchase price in June 2007 was allocated to the estimated fair value of acquired IPR&D projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, thus were immediately expensed on the date of acquisition. These projects primarily represent the next generation of introducer and catheter products already being sold, which incorporate new enhancements and customer modifications. One introducer project was launched near the end of 2008. We expect to commercially launch the other introducer products under development in 2010, which will replace existing products. These introducer projects acquired have been delayed due to the timing of customer adoption and resolution of technical difficulties on some of the projects. Additionally, future sales from our ViaSeal TM introducer project are uncertain due to litigation (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report). The catheter IPR&D project, to which a portion of the Enpath purchase price was allocated, has been put on hold indefinitely in order to allocate resources to other projects. The lost revenue from the delays in these introducer and catheter projects are expected to be partially offset with revenue from other projects initiated after the acquisition of Enpath.
Approximately $2.2 million of the Precimed purchase price was allocated to the estimated fair value of acquired IPR&D projects that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, thus were immediately expensed on the date of acquisition. The value assigned to IPR&D related to Reamer, Instrument Kit, Locking Plate and Cutting Guide projects. These projects primarily represent the next generation of products already being sold, which incorporate new enhancements and customer modifications. We commercially launched two of these products in 2008, one in 2009 and another is expected in 2010. Two of the other orthopaedic projects acquired have been delayed and three have been cancelled due to the timing of customer adoption, technical difficulties and the inability of the projects to meet margin feasibility assessments. These changes are not expected to have a material impact on operating income as these projects were expected to have lower operating margins.
Our Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if 1) It requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and 2) Changes in the estimate or different estimates that could have been selected could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Our most critical accounting estimates are described below. We also have other policies that we consider key accounting policies, such as our policies for revenue recognition; however, these policies do not meet the definition of critical accounting estimates, because they do not generally require us to make estimates or judgments that are difficult or subjective.
 
 36 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Caption /	 	 	 	Effect of	
Nature of Critical	 	 	 	Variations of Key	
Estimate Item	 	Assumptions / Approach Used	 	Assumptions Used	
Valuation of goodwill, other identifiable intangible assets and IPR&D

When we acquire a company, we allocate the purchase price to the assets we acquire and liabilities we assume based on their fair value at the date of acquisition.

We then allocate the purchase price in excess of net tangible assets acquired to identifiable intangible assets, including IPR&D. Other indefinite lived intangible assets, such as trademarks and tradenames, are considered non-amortizing intangible assets as they are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely.

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired.

Indefinite lived intangibles and goodwill are required to be assessed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequent if certain indicators are present.

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are assessed for impairment if certain indicators are present.	 	We base the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets (including IPR&D) on detailed valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management. The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using one of three valuation approaches: market, income and cost. The selection of a particular method for a given asset depends on the reliability of available data and the nature of the asset, among other considerations. The market approach values the subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The income approach values the subject asset based on the present value of risk adjusted cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. The projected cash flows for each asset considers multiple factors, including current revenue from existing customers, attrition trends, reasonable contract renewal assumptions from the perspective of a marketplace participant, and expected profit margins giving consideration to historical and expected margins. The cost approach values the subject asset by determining the current cost of replacing that asset with another of equivalent economic utility. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, less an allowance for loss in value due to depreciation or obsolescence, with specific consideration given to economic obsolescence if indicated.

We perform an annual review on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets are impaired. We assess goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of our reporting units to their carrying value to determine if there is potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Fair values for reporting units are determined based in-part on the income approach, and where appropriate, the market approach or appraised values are also considered. Definite-lived intangible assets such as purchased technology, patents and customer lists are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if any adverse conditions exist or a change in circumstances has occurred that would indicate impairment or a change in their remaining useful life. Indefinite lived intangible assets such as trademarks and tradenames are evaluated for impairment by using the income approach.	 	The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated cash flows and discount rates, and alternative estimated useful life assumptions could result in different purchase price allocations. In arriving at the value of the IPR&D, we additionally consider among other factors: the in-process projects stage of completion; commercial feasibility of the project; the complexity of the work completed as of the acquisition date; the projected costs to complete; the expected introduction date and the estimated useful life of the technology. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could impact the value of the assets and liabilities recorded which would change the amount and timing of future intangible asset amortization expense.

We make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the determination of the expected future cash flows from our reporting units for our goodwill impairment testing. These include sales growth, cost of capital, and projections of future cash flows. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could create future impairment losses to our goodwill.

For indefinite lived assets such as trademarks and tradenames, we make certain estimates of revenue streams, royalty rates and other future benefits. Significant changes in these estimates could create future impairments of these indefinite lived intangible assets.

Estimation of the useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets are based upon the estimated cash flows of the respective intangible asset and requires significant management judgment. Events could occur that would materially affect our estimates of the useful lives. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could change the amount of future amortization expense or could create future impairments of these definite-lived intangible assets.

A 1% change in the amortization of our intangible assets would increase/decrease 2009 net income by approximately $0.07 million, or approximately $0.003 per diluted share. As of January 1, 2010, we have $406.3 million of intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet representing 49% of total assets. This includes $82.1 million of amortizing intangible assets, $20.3 million of indefinite lived intangible assets and $303.9 million of goodwill.	
 
 37 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Caption /	 	 	 	Effect of	
Nature of Critical	 	 	 	Variations of Key	
Estimate Item	 	Assumptions / Approach Used	 	Assumptions Used	
Stock-based compensation

We record compensation costs related to our stock-based awards which include stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. We measure stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award.

Compensation cost for service-based awards is recognized ratably over the applicable vesting period. Compensation cost for performance-based awards is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. The total expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that ultimately vest.	 	We utilize the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model to determine the fair value of stock options. We are required to make certain assumptions with respect to selected Black Scholes model inputs, including expected volatility, expected life, expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected life of stock options granted, which represents the period of time that the stock options are expected to be outstanding, is based, primarily, on historical data. The expected dividend yield is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period commensurate with the estimated expected life.

For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, the fair market value is determined based upon the closing value of our stock price on the grant date.

Compensation cost for performance-based awards is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. That assessment is based upon our actual and expected future performance as well as that of the individuals who have been granted performance-based awards.

Stock-based compensation expense is only recorded for those awards that are expected to vest. Forfeiture estimates for determining appropriate stock-based compensation expense are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience and demographic characteristics. Revisions are made to those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures.	 	Option pricing models were developed for use in estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because our share-based payments have characteristics significantly different from those of freely traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect our estimates of fair values, existing valuation models may not provide reliable measures of the fair values of our share-based compensation. Consequently, there is a risk that our estimates of the fair values of our share-based compensation awards may bear little resemblance to the actual values realized upon the exercise, expiration or forfeiture of those share-based payments in the future. Stock options may expire worthless or otherwise result in zero intrinsic value as compared to the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. Alternatively, value may be realized from these instruments that is significantly in excess of the fair values originally estimated on the grant date and reported in our consolidated financial statements. There are significant differences among valuation models. This may result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions.

There is a high degree of subjectivity involved in selecting assumptions to be utilized to determine fair value and forfeiture assumptions. If factors change and result in different assumptions in future periods, the expense that we record for future grants may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period. Additionally, changes in performance of the Company or individuals who have been granted performance-based awards that affect the likelihood that performance based targets are achieved could materially impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized.

A 1% change in our stock based compensation expense would increase/decrease 2009 net income by approximately $0.03 million, or approximately $0.001 per diluted share.	
 
 38 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Caption /	 	 	 	Effect of	
Nature of Critical	 	 	 	Variations of Key	
Estimate Item	 	Assumptions / Approach Used	 	Assumptions Used	
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in, first-out method, or market.	 	Inventory costing requires complex calculations that include assumptions for overhead absorption, scrap, sample calculations, manufacturing yield estimates and the determination of which costs may be capitalized. The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable quality.	 	Variations in methods or assumptions could have a material impact on our results. If our demand forecast for specific products is greater than actual demand and we fail to reduce manufacturing output accordingly, we could be required to record additional inventory write-downs or expense a greater amount of overhead costs, which would have a negative impact on our net income. A 1% write-down of our inventory would decrease 2009 net income by approximately $0.7 million, or approximately $0.03 per diluted share. As of January 1, 2010 we have $106.6 million of inventory recorded on our balance sheet representing 13% of total assets.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Tangible long-lived assets

Property, plant and equipment and other tangible long-lived assets are carried at cost. The cost of property, plant and equipment is charged to depreciation expense over the estimated life of the operating assets primarily using straight-line rates. Tangible long-lived assets are subject to impairment assessment.	 	We assess the impairment of tangible long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review include: a significant decrease in the market price of the asset or asset group; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical condition; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction; a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group; or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Recoverability potential is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the related total future undiscounted cash flows. The projected cash flows for each asset group considers multiple factors, including current revenue from existing customers, proceeds from the sale of the asset group, reasonable contract renewal assumptions from the perspective of a marketplace participant, and expected profit margins giving consideration to historical and expected margins. If an asset group’s carrying value is not recoverable through related cash flows, the asset group is considered to be impaired. Impairment is measured by comparing the asset group’s carrying amount to its fair value. When it is determined that useful lives of assets are shorter than originally estimated, and there are sufficient cash flows to support the carrying value of the assets, we accelerate the rate of depreciation in order to fully depreciate the assets over their shorter useful lives.	 	Estimation of the useful lives of tangible assets that are long-lived requires significant management judgment. Events could occur, including changes in cash flow that would materially affect our estimates and assumptions related to depreciation. Unforeseen changes in operations or technology could substantially alter the assumptions regarding the ability to realize the return of our investment in long-lived assets. Also, as we make manufacturing process conversions and other facility consolidation decisions, we must make subjective judgments regarding the remaining useful lives of our assets, primarily manufacturing equipment and buildings. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could change the amount of future depreciation expense or could create future impairments of these long-lived assets.

A 1% write-down in our tangible long-lived assets would decrease 2009 net income by approximately $1.1 million, or approximately $0.05 per diluted share. As of January 1, 2010 we have $171.1 million of tangible long-lived assets recorded on our balance sheet representing 21% of total assets.	
 
 39 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Caption /	 	 	 	Effect of	
Nature of Critical	 	 	 	Variations of Key	
Estimate Item	 	Assumptions / Approach Used	 	Assumptions Used	
Provision for income taxes

In accordance with the liability method of accounting for income taxes , the provision for income taxes is the sum of income taxes both currently payable and deferred. The changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the changes in differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that management estimates will be in effect when the differences reverse.	 	In relation to recording the provision for income taxes, management must estimate the future tax rates applicable to the reversal of temporary differences, make certain assumptions regarding whether book/tax differences are permanent or temporary and if temporary, the related timing of expected reversal. Also, estimates are made as to whether taxable operating income in future periods will be sufficient to fully recognize any gross deferred tax assets. If recovery is not likely, we must increase our provision for taxes by recording a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be recoverable. Alternatively, we may make estimates about the potential usage of deferred tax assets that decrease our valuation allowances.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We establish reserves for uncertain tax positions when we believe that certain tax positions do not meet the more likely than not threshold. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit or the lapse of the statute of limitations. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate.	 	Changes could occur that would materially affect our estimates and assumptions regarding deferred taxes. Changes in current tax laws and tax rates could affect the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, thereby changing the income tax provision. Also, significant declines in taxable income could materially impact the realizable value of deferred tax assets. At January 1, 2010, we had $36.0 million of deferred tax assets on our balance sheet and a valuation allowance of $5.7 million has been established for certain deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that they will not be realized .

A 1% change in the effective tax rate would impact the current year benefit by $0.2 million, and 2009 diluted loss per share by $0.01 per diluted share.	
Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts
From 2005 to 2008, we recorded charges in other operating expenses, net related to our ongoing cost savings and consolidation efforts. Additional information is set forth in Note 9 — “Other Operating Expenses, Net” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.
2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations — Beginning in the first quarter of 2005 and ending in the third quarter of 2008 we consolidated six facilities into existing facilities with excess capacity. The purpose of these consolidation projects was to streamline operations in order to improve operating margins.
The total cost of these initiatives was $24.7 million, which was incurred from 2005 to 2008, and consisted of the following:

•	 	Severance and retention — $7.4 million;	
 		
•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation — $4.6 million;	
 		
•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs — $1.1 million;	
 		
•	 	Personnel — $8.4 million; and	
 		
•	 	Other — $3.2 million.	
 
 40 

Table of Contents

All categories of costs were considered to be cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs. Approximately $23.6 million of these expenses for the facility shutdowns and consolidations were included in our Greatbatch Medical business segment, $0.1 million in our Electrochem segment and $1.0 million was recorded in unallocated operating expenses. No costs related to these projects were incurred during 2009 as consolidations were complete and all payments have been made.
2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations — Beginning in the first quarter of 2007 and ending in the fourth quarter of 2009, we consolidated six facilities into newly constructed facilities or existing facilities with excess capacity. The purpose of these consolidation projects was to streamline operations in order to improve operating margins.
The total cost incurred for these initiatives was $16.0 million and included the following:

•	 	Severance and retention — $4.5 million;	
 		
•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation — $5.0 million;	
 		
•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs — $4.2 million;	
 		
•	 	Personnel — $0.6 million; and	
 		
•	 	Other — $1.7 million.	
All categories of costs are considered to be cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs. For 2009, costs relating to these initiatives of $1.6 million and $5.5 million were included in the Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively. Costs incurred during 2008 of $0.3 million, $4.7 million and $3.3 million were included in unallocated Corporate expenses, Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively. The $0.5 million of costs incurred in 2007 were included in our Electrochem segment. The annual anticipated cost savings from these initiatives is estimated to be approximately $5 million to $6 million and will not be fully realized until 2010.
In 2010, we announced the opening of our orthopaedic design center located in Warsaw, IN. The new facility will be equipped with the latest rapid prototyping equipment and is being leased. Additionally, further investment is planned over the next three years to drive improvements and growth in all orthopaedic locations.
Our Financial Results
We utilize a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st . Fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 ended on January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. Fiscal year 2008 contained fifty-three weeks while fiscal years 2009 and 2007 contained fifty-two weeks.
Beginning in 2009, we adopted a change in accounting which required issuers of convertible debt that may be settled in cash upon conversion, such as our CSN II (See Note 6 “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report), to recognize interest expense on those instruments at their nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. As required, the 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this change in accounting (See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report).
 
 41 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations Table
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	 	2009-2008	 	 	2008-2007	 	
 	 	Jan. 1,	 	 	Jan. 2,	 	 	Dec. 28,	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Dollars in thousands, except per share data	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	Change	 	 	Change	 	 	Change	 	 	Change	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CRM/Neuromodulation	 	$	305,354	 	 	$	286,251	 	 	$	253,676	 	 	$	19,103	 	 	 	7	%	 	$	32,575	 	 	 	13	%	
Vascular Access	 	 	35,816	 	 	 	39,443	 	 	 	16,146	 	 	 	(3,627	)	 	 	-9	%	 	 	23,297	 	 	 	144	%	
Orthopaedic	 	 	113,897	 	 	 	142,446	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(28,549	)	 	 	-20	%	 	 	142,446	 	 	NA	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	 	 	455,067	 	 	 	468,140	 	 	 	269,822	 	 	 	(13,073	)	 	 	-3	%	 	 	198,318	 	 	 	73	%	
Electrochem	 	 	66,754	 	 	 	78,504	 	 	 	48,924	 	 	 	(11,750	)	 	 	-15	%	 	 	29,580	 	 	 	60	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total sales	 	 	521,821	 	 	 	546,644	 	 	 	318,746	 	 	 	(24,823	)	 	 	-5	%	 	 	227,898	 	 	 	71	%	
Cost of sales	 	 	355,402	 	 	 	390,855	 	 	 	202,721	 	 	 	(35,453	)	 	 	-9	%	 	 	188,134	 	 	 	93	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	166,419	 	 	 	155,789	 	 	 	116,025	 	 	 	10,630	 	 	 	7	%	 	 	39,764	 	 	 	34	%	
Gross profit as a % of sales	 	 	31.9	%	 	 	28.5	%	 	 	36.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-7.9	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	 	 	70,294	 	 	 	72,633	 	 	 	44,674	 	 	 	(2,339	)	 	 	-3	%	 	 	27,959	 	 	 	63	%	
SG&A as a % of sales	 	 	13.5	%	 	 	13.3	%	 	 	14.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-0.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Research, development and engineering costs, net	 	 	33,562	 	 	 	31,444	 	 	 	29,914	 	 	 	2,118	 	 	 	7	%	 	 	1,530	 	 	 	5	%	
RD&E as a % of sales	 	 	6.4	%	 	 	5.8	%	 	 	9.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-3.6	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Other operating expenses, net	 	 	61,515	 	 	 	16,818	 	 	 	21,417	 	 	 	44,697	 	 	 	266	%	 	 	(4,599	)	 	 	-21	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	1,048	 	 	 	34,894	 	 	 	20,020	 	 	 	(33,846	)	 	 	-97	%	 	 	14,874	 	 	 	74	%	
Operating margin	 	 	0.2	%	 	 	6.4	%	 	 	6.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-6.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.1	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Interest expense	 	 	20,071	 	 	 	19,954	 	 	 	12,072	 	 	 	117	 	 	 	1	%	 	 	7,882	 	 	 	65	%	
Interest income	 	 	(324	)	 	 	(711	)	 	 	(7,050	)	 	 	387	 	 	 	-54	%	 	 	6,339	 	 	 	-90	%	
Gain on sale of investment security	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,001	)	 	 	—	 	 	NA	 	 	 	4,001	 	 	NA	 	
Gain on extinguishment of debt	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,242	)	 	 	(4,473	)	 	 	3,242	 	 	 	-100	%	 	 	1,231	 	 	 	-28	%	
Other income, net	 	 	(522	)	 	 	(1,624	)	 	 	(447	)	 	 	1,102	 	 	 	-68	%	 	 	(1,177	)	 	 	263	%	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	 	(9,176	)	 	 	6,369	 	 	 	11,969	 	 	 	(15,545	)	 	 	-244	%	 	 	(5,600	)	 	 	-47	%	
Effective tax rate	 	 	50.5	%	 	 	31.0	%	 	 	50.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	19.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-19.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	(9,001	)	 	$	14,148	 	 	$	11,950	 	 	$	(23,149	)	 	 	-164	%	 	$	2,198	 	 	 	18	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net margin	 	 	-1.7	%	 	 	2.6	%	 	 	3.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-4.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	-1.1	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.62	 	 	$	0.53	 	 	$	(1.01	)	 	 	-163	%	 	$	0.09	 	 	 	17	%	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted — See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 
 42 

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008
Sales
Changes to sales by major product lines were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Product Lines	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	Change	 	 	Change	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CRM/Neuromodulation	 	$	305,354	 	 	$	286,251	 	 	$	19,103	 	 	 	7	%	
Vascular Access	 	 	35,816	 	 	 	39,443	 	 	 	(3,627	)	 	 	-9	%	
Orthopaedic	 	 	113,897	 	 	 	142,446	 	 	 	(28,549	)	 	 	-20	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	 	 	455,067	 	 	 	468,140	 	 	 	(13,073	)	 	 	-3	%	
Electrochem	 	 	66,754	 	 	 	78,504	 	 	 	(11,750	)	 	 	-15	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Sales	 	$	521,821	 	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	(24,823	)	 	 	-5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For 2009, revenue totaled $521.8 million compared to $546.6 million in 2008. 2008 results include the benefit of an additional week of operations due to the Company’s fiscal year ending on the closest Friday to December 31. This additional week added approximately $10 million to 2008 sales. Excluding this additional week of operations, 2009 annual revenue was 3% below the 2008 period as CRM/Neuromodulation revenue growth was offset by decreases in our other product lines, which were impacted by the uncertain health care and economic environment.
Greatbatch Medical — Our 2009 revenue from our Greatbatch Medical business decreased $13.1 million or 3% from 2008. Excluding the additional week of sales, this decline was 1% as 9% CRM/Neuromodulation revenue growth was offset by decreases in the Vascular Access and Orthopaedic product lines, which were impacted by the uncertain health care environment.
For the year, CRM and Neuromodulation revenue increased 7%, driven by higher filtered feedthrough, coated component and assembly revenue offset by lower battery and capacitor revenue. CRM revenue is significantly impacted each quarter due to the timing of various customer product launches, shifts in customer market share, customer inventory management initiatives as well as marketplace field actions. During the first half of 2009, CRM revenue benefited from the timing of various customer product launches and, as expected, began to return to more normalized growth levels for the second half of 2009. Additionally, battery and capacitor sales for 2009 were impacted by customer inventory adjustments and are expected to return to more normalized levels in 2010.
For the year, Vascular Access revenue was $35.8 million versus $39.4 million in 2008. These decreases were primarily due to lower introducer sales as a result of customer inventory stocking that took place during the first quarter of 2009 in connection with our on-going introducer litigation (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report). Sales were also lower in comparison to the prior year due to the one less week of operations. We remain optimistic about the potential of this product line as we continue to work with customers on developing systems level products. However, many of the projects that we are currently working on will not generate revenue until the second half of 2010.
Our Orthopaedic product line revenues were $113.9 million for 2009, a decrease of 20% from the $142.4 million in 2008. This decrease was primarily due to reduced spending on elective procedures and an increased emphasis on inventory management programs from our customers as a result of the uncertain economic and regulatory environment. Additionally, Orthopaedic sales declined approximately $5 million as 2008 revenue included the favorable impact of the release of acquired backlog, favorable currency exchange rates and the additional week of sales in the fourth quarter offset by the fact that we had our orthopaedic product line for the full year in 2009 versus a partial year in 2008. During this industry downturn, we continue to streamline and invest in our orthopaedic operations, which we believe present significant opportunities. We anticipate that these challenging market conditions will persist through the first half of 2010.
 
 43 

Table of Contents

Electrochem — 2009 sales for the Electrochem business segment were $66.8 million, compared to $78.5 million in 2008. The decrease from the prior year primarily related to the slowdown in the Energy and Portable Medical markets, which caused customers to reduce inventory levels and push back projects. These conditions began to ease in the fourth quarter of 2009 but still remain a challenge and are expected to continue into the first half of 2010. We continue to actively manage our business so that we will be better prepared to meet the needs of our customers once the markets recover.
2010 Sales Outlook — 2010 annual revenue product line growth rates are expected to be as follows:

•	 	CRM & Neuromodulation: 2% to 5%	

•	 	Vascular Access: 3% to 7%	

•	 	Orthopaedic: 3% to 7%	

•	 	Electrochem: 0% to 5%	
These growth projections may be impacted by a variety of factors including a continued softening in the orthopaedic and commercial energy markets, continued delays in elective surgeries, changes in pricing or exchange rates and changes in health care reimbursement policies. See “Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results” section contained in Item 1 of this report.
Gross Profit
Changes to gross profit as a percentage of sales were primarily due to the following:
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009-2008	 	
 	 	% Increase	 	
Inventory step-up amortization (a)	 	 	1.2	%	
Manufacturing efficiencies (b)	 	 	1.8	%	
Selling price (c)	 	 	-1.1	%	
Mix change (d)	 	 	1.1	%	
Foreign currency (e)	 	 	0.5	%	
Performance-based compensation (f)	 	 	0.5	%	
Other	 	 	-0.6	%	
 	 	 	 	
Total percentage point change to gross profit as a percentage of sales	 	 	3.4	%	

a.	 	In connection with our acquisitions in 2008 and 2007, the value of inventory on hand was stepped-up to reflect the fair value at the time of acquisition. The amortization of inventory step-up, which is recorded in Cost of Sales, was $6.4 million for 2008. There was no inventory step-up amortization recorded in 2009.	
 		
b.	 	Our gross profit percentage benefited from manufacturing efficiencies realized due to an increase in CRM and Neuromodulation revenue, as well as the consolidation of our Columbia, MD facility into our Tijuana facility in June 2008 and our Blaine, MN facility into our Plymouth, MN facility in April 2009 (See “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” section of this Item). The additional output absorbs a higher amount of lower fixed costs such as plant overhead and depreciation.	
 		
c.	 	Our gross profit percentage was negatively impacted in 2009 due to contractual volume price reductions and price concessions made to our larger OEM customers on certain product lines. We expect this pricing pressure to continue in the future.	
 
 44 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
d.	 	Our gross profit percentage benefited from an increase in sales of CRM and Neuromodulation products as a percentage of total sales during 2009, which typically are higher margin products.	
 		
e.	 	During 2009, the value of the U.S. dollar strengthened significantly in comparison to the Mexican Peso. This foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation resulted in a higher gross profit percentage at our Tijuana, Mexico facility, which has Peso denominated expenses but sales which are denominated in U.S. dollars.	
 		
f.	 	During 2009, we made difficult cost-cutting measures to help mitigate the impact of the lower revenue levels on operating income. This included adjusting 2009 related discretionary performance based compensation, which benefited Cost of Sales, by approximately $2.5 million versus 2008.	
We expect our gross profit as a percentage of sales to increase over the next several years as a result of our consolidation and “Lean” initiatives. Additionally, over the long term, we expect new product introductions resulting from current research and development efforts to help drive gross margin expansion.
SG&A Expenses
Changes to SG&A expenses were primarily due to the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009-2008	 	
 	 	$ Decrease	 	
Legal costs (a)	 	$	(3,027	)	
Performance-based compensation (b)	 	 	(2,907	)	
IT and Consulting (c)	 	 	1,658	 	
Rebranding initiative (d)	 	 	722	 	
Bad debt expense (e)	 	 	371	 	
Other	 	 	844	 	
 	 	 	 	
Net decrease in SG&A	 	$	(2,339	)	

a.	 	Amounts primarily represent lower fees incurred in connection with a patent infringement action which went to trial in 2008 (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report), partially offset by higher legal costs incurred in connection with the development and patenting of new technologies in 2009.	
 		
b.	 	During 2009, we made difficult cost-cutting measures to help mitigate the impact of the lower revenue levels on operating income. This included adjusting 2009 related discretionary performance based compensation, which benefited SG&A, by approximately $2.9 million in comparison to 2008.	
 		
c.	 	Amounts relate to various corporate development initiatives as well as increased IT spending due to our investment in IT infrastructure to support future growth including moving all of our acquired facilities to one common ERP platform.	
 		
d.	 	During 2009, we launched a new branding initiative to unify our existing businesses under a common vision and consolidated our medical entities under a single brand — Greatbatch Medical. These increased costs primarily relate to consulting costs and the replacement of collateral material in connection with this new brand.	
 		
e.	 	Amounts primarily relate to increased losses incurred on uncollectible receivables from Electrochem and Orthopaedic customers given the economic slowdown in their related markets. The Company does not expect future write-offs to materially impact our results of operations or financial condition.	
We expect to maintain SG&A expenses at the current levels as normal inflationary cost increases and investment in sales and marketing are offset by cost cutting and consolidation initiatives.
 
 45 

Table of Contents

RD&E Expenses
Net research, development and engineering costs were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development costs	 	$	17,707	 	 	$	18,750	 	

Engineering costs	 	 	26,438	 	 	 	22,447	 	
Less cost reimbursements	 	 	(10,583	)	 	 	(9,753	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	 	 	15,855	 	 	 	12,694	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total RD&E	 	$	33,562	 	 	$	31,444	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net research, development and engineering costs for 2009, as expected, were higher versus 2008 due to the strategic decision in 2009 to further invest resources in the development of new technologies in order to provide solutions for our customers and ultimately drive long-term growth. Reimbursement on product development projects is dependent upon the timing of the achievement of milestones and are netted against gross spending. In 2009, cost reimbursements also decreased as a percentage of total engineering costs in comparison to 2008 due to the expiration of grants acquired from BIOMEC, which are not expected to be replaced.
We expect net RD&E costs to continue to increase in 2010 as we further invest resources in the development of new technologies, including the development of systems solutions for our customers, and lower cost reimbursements. These systems projects (such as MRI compatibility and wireless sensing) are niche product solutions that are not a core product of our OEM customer, but which fit perfectly into our expertise and capabilities. This strategy also includes partnering with our OEM customers, including sharing technology and resources, in order to bring these solutions to market. The benefits to our OEM customers is that it will shorten their time to market for these niche products by accelerating the velocity of innovation, optimizing their supply chain and ultimately provide them with cost efficiencies. The revenue growth projections we provided in “2010 Sales Outlook” include the benefits of some of these system level projects, primarily in the Vascular market. However, we are anticipating that most of the revenue from these projects will not be realized until the 2011 to 2014 time frame.
Other Operating Expenses, Net
Electrochem litigation charge — On October 1, 2009, a Louisiana jury found in favor of a former Electrochem customer on their claims made in connection with a failed business transaction dating back to 1997. The jury awarded damages, including interest, of approximately $33 million. Our post-trial motion for a new trial was denied, and we have appealed the judgment to the Louisiana Court of Appeal. To date, the cost of defense in this litigation has been paid by our insurance carrier. As a result of the jury verdict, the insurer has filed a declaratory judgment suit alleging that there is no coverage for the jury verdict, and that it has no further obligation to defend. Additionally, the insurer is seeking reimbursement of $1.3 million in defense costs expended prior to the jury verdict. Based upon our best estimate of loss given the range of possible outcomes at this time, we recorded a $34.5 million charge related to this litigation in 2009 (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report). This accrual does not include the interest that will accrue on the award during the appeal process at the Louisiana statutory rate and was included in our Electrochem segment.
 
 46 

Table of Contents

Intangible asset write-down — As a result of the successful rebranding of our IMC segment to Greatbatch Medical, during the fourth quarter of 2009, we wrote-down our non-Greatbatch trademarks and tradenames by $15.9 million, which is included in the results for our Greatbatch Medical segment. This charge was recorded based upon Management’s decision to discontinue use of the associated tradenames and its determination that there would be no market participants willing to purchase the previously acquired tradenames.
We do not believe that the remaining Greatbatch tradename is at risk of being impaired in the future. Additionally, based upon our annual impairment analysis for goodwill, we do not believe that the goodwill that is allocated to our Greatbatch Medical or Electrochem segments is at risk of failing step one of our annual impairment test unless operating conditions for those segments significantly deteriorates from current levels or we change our reporting structure. The assumptions used in our annual impairment tests incorporate the growth rates disclosed in “2010 Sales Outlook” of this section.
Acquired In-Process Research and Development — Approximately $2.2 million of the purchase price related to our 2008 acquisitions was allocated to IPR&D projects acquired. These projects had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use as of the acquisition date, thus were immediately expensed on the date of acquisition.
The remaining other operating expenses, net were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
(a) 2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	$	—	 	 	$	663	 	
(a) 2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	 	7,069	 	 	 	8,347	 	
(b) Integration costs	 	 	3,077	 	 	 	5,369	 	
(c) Asset dispositions and other	 	 	948	 	 	 	199	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	11,094	 	 	$	14,578	 	

a.	 	See “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” section of this Item for disclosures related to these expenditures.	
 		
b.	 	For 2009 and 2008, we incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance programs as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. The expenses are primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs that will not be required after the integrations are completed.	
 		
c.	 	During 2009 and 2008, we recorded write-downs in connection with various asset disposals, partially offset by insurance proceeds received. During 2009, we incurred approximately $0.6 million in severance charges in connection with various workforce reductions due to the lower revenue levels.	
In 2010, consolidation and integration expenses are expected to be approximately $4 million to $6 million.
Interest Expense and Interest Income
Interest expense, which includes the impact of the adoption of the new accounting for convertible debt in both the 2009 and 2008 periods, and interest income for 2009 were consistent with the same periods of 2008. Going forward, we expect interest expense to remain at current levels as the benefit of paying down our long-term debt with excess cash flow from operations is expected to be offset by increased borrowing costs in connection with the Electrochem Litigation (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report), which required bonding in order to appeal.
 
 47 

Table of Contents

Gain on extinguishment of debt
In December 2008, we entered into privately negotiated agreements under which we repurchased $21.8 million in aggregate principal amount of our original $170.0 million of 2.25% convertible subordinated notes due 2013 (“CSN I”) at $845.38 per $1,000 of principal. The primary purpose of this transaction was to retire the debentures, which contained a put option exercisable on June 15, 2010, at a discount. This transaction was funded with availability under our existing line of credit. This transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and resulted in a pre-tax gain of $3.2 million.
Other income, net
Gain on foreign currency contracts — In December 2007 and January 2008, we entered into three forward currency contracts to purchase Swiss Francs and Euros in order to partially fund our acquisition of Precimed, which was payable in Swiss Francs, and the Chaumont Facility, which was payable in Euros. The net result of the above transactions was a gain of $2.4 million, $1.6 million of which was recorded in the first quarter of 2008 as Other Income, Net.
The remainder of other income, net primarily includes the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our transactions denominated in foreign currencies. We generally do not expect foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to have a material impact on our net income.
Provision for Income Taxes
The effective tax rate (benefit) for 2009 was (50.5%) compared to 31.0% for 2008. The 2009 effective tax rate (benefit) includes the favorable impact of the resolution of tax audits and the lapse of statutes of limitation on certain tax items. Additionally, the 2009 and 2008 effective tax rate (benefit) includes the benefit of the Federal research and development tax credit. See Note 10 “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report for a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory rate to our effective tax rate (benefit). For 2010, we currently expect our effective tax rate to approximate the 35% statutory rate due to the expiration of the research and development tax credit at the end of 2009.
In February 2010, President Obama’s administration announced various proposals to modify certain aspects of the rules governing the U.S. taxation of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Many details of the proposals remain unknown and any legislation enacting such modifications would require Congressional approval; however, changes to these rules could significantly impact our effective tax rate.
 
 48 

Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007
Sales
Changes to sales by major product lines were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	 	$	 	 	%	 	
Product Lines	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	 	Change	 	 	Change	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CRM/Neuromodulation	 	$	286,251	 	 	$	253,676	 	 	$	32,575	 	 	 	13	%	
Vascular Access	 	 	39,443	 	 	 	16,146	 	 	 	23,297	 	 	 	144	%	
Orthopaedic	 	 	142,446	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	142,446	 	 	NA	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	 	 	468,140	 	 	 	269,822	 	 	 	198,318	 	 	 	73	%	
Electrochem	 	 	78,504	 	 	 	48,924	 	 	 	29,580	 	 	 	60	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Sales	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	318,746	 	 	$	227,898	 	 	 	71	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales were $546.6 million in 2008, an increase of 71% compared to 2007. This growth was achieved through acquisitions and organic growth of 7%. Our acquisitions contributed $208.2 million incremental revenue in 2008. Revenue for 2008 also included approximately $10 million of additional sales as a result of 2008 being a 53 week fiscal year versus 2007 which had 52 weeks.
Greatbatch Medical — Our 2008 revenue from our Greatbatch Medical segment increased $198.3 million or 73% over 2007. Our acquisitions in 2007 and 2008 contributed $183.2 million to this increase. Included in our Greatbatch Medical segment is our CRM/Neuromodulation product line which saw year over year growth of $32.6 million, $17.5 million of which was attributable to our acquisitions in 2007. 2008 revenue from our Greatbatch Medical segment also includes sales from our Vascular Access and Orthopaedic product lines which increased $23.3 million and $142.4 million, respectively over the prior year and were acquired near the end of 2007 and beginning of 2008. The additional week of sales added approximately $9 million to our Greatbatch Medical revenue in 2008. Additionally, Vascular Access revenue benefited from the timing of customer inventory stocking for introducers in the fourth quarter of 2008. Orthopaedic sales during the first three quarters of 2008 benefited from the release of excess backlog that was on hand at the time of the Precimed acquisitions of approximately $6 million, which was fulfilled in 2008.
The $15.1 million of non-acquisition related increase in CRM/Neuromodulation revenue in 2008 was primarily due to higher feedthrough, and assembly revenue partially offset by lower ICD battery, coated components and ICD capacitor sales. The increase in feedthrough revenue can be attributed to market growth as well as the timing of customer product launches. The increase in assembly sales reflected an increase in price during 2008 due to contractual agreements related to material price increases. The decrease in ICD battery revenue is primarily due to customer vertical integration partially offset by increased adoption of our Q Series high rate ICD batteries. The decline in coated component sales is primarily the result of a customer changing product mix near the end of 2007 due to marketplace field actions. Revenues in 2007 included an increased level of capacitor sales due to a customer supply issue in the first half of 2007.
Electrochem — Electrochem sales grew $29.6 million or 60% in 2008 to $78.5 million. This included $25.0 million of incremental revenue from our acquisitions in 2007. On an organic basis Electrochem revenue increased 11%, which includes approximately $1 million of additional revenue as a result of 2008 being a 53 week fiscal year versus 2007 which had 52 weeks. The core growth in Electrochem sales primarily came from our energy markets as drilling activity was strong in 2008.
 
 49 

Table of Contents

Gross Profit
Changes to gross profit as a percentage of sales were primarily due to the following:
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008-2007	 	
 	 	% Decrease	 	
Impact of 2008 and 2007 acquisitions (a)	 	 	-8.5	%	
Inventory step-up amortization (b)	 	 	-1.5	%	
Mix change (c)	 	 	-1.2	%	
Volume change (d)	 	 	1.0	%	
Price change (e)	 	 	0.8	%	
Impact of annualized consolidation savings (f)	 	 	1.5	%	
 	 	 	 	
Total percentage point change to gross profit as a percentage of sales	 	 	-7.9	%	

(a)	 	We completed seven acquisitions from the second quarter of 2007 to the first quarter of 2008. The acquired companies are currently operating with a lower gross profit percentage than our legacy businesses due to less efficient operations and products/contracts that generally carry lower margins. We are currently in the process of applying our lean manufacturing processes to their operations and implementing plans for plant consolidation in order to improve gross profit as percentage of sales (See “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” section of this Item).	
 		
(b)	 	In connection with our acquisitions in 2008 and 2007, the value of inventory on hand was stepped-up to reflect the fair value at the time of acquisition. This stepped-up value is amortized to Cost of Sales as the inventory to which the adjustment relates is sold. The inventory step-up amortization was $6.4 million and $1.7 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of January 2, 2009, there was no remaining inventory step-up to be amortized.	
 		
(c)	 	The revenue increase in 2008, excluding acquisitions, included a higher mix of low-rate medical batteries and assembly sales, which generally have lower margins. Additionally, revenue from coated components, ICD capacitors and high-rate medical batteries, which are generally higher margin products, were lower.	
 		
(d)	 	This increase is primarily due to higher feedthrough production which absorbed a higher amount of fixed costs such as plant overhead and depreciation. In addition, higher overhead efficiencies were driven by greater inventory build for moves and replenishment of safety stock.	
 		
(e)	 	This increase was primarily driven by contractual price increases for our high rate medical batteries and price increases contingent upon raw material costs.	
 		
(f)	 	This increase was a result of a reduction in excess capacity in connection with our facility consolidations completed in 2008 (See “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” section of this Item).	
SG&A Expenses
Changes to SG&A expenses were primarily due to the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008-2007	 	
 	 	$ Increase	 	
Headcount increases associated with acquisitions (a)	 	$	18,854	 	
Amortization (b)	 	 	2,839	 	
Enpath legal expense (c)	 	 	4,018	 	
Other (d)	 	 	2,248	 	
 	 	 	 	
Net increase in SG&A	 	$	27,959	 	

(a)	 	Personnel acquired in functional areas such as finance, human resources and information technology were the primary drivers of this increase. The remaining increase was for consulting, travel and other administrative expenses to operate those areas.	
 		
(b)	 	In connection with our acquisitions in 2008 and 2007, the value of customer relationships and non-compete agreements were recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition. These intangible assets are amortized to SG&A over their estimated useful lives.	
 
 50 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
(c)	 	Amount represents increased costs incurred in connection with a patent infringement action which went to trial in 2008 – See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	
 		
(d)	 	Increase is primarily a result of 2008 being a 53 week fiscal year versus 2007 which had 52 weeks, including additional payroll taxes that resulted from fiscal year 2008 ending in 2009.	
RD&E Expenses
Net research, development and engineering costs were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	
 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development costs	 	$	18,750	 	 	$	16,141	 	

Engineering costs	 	 	22,447	 	 	 	18,929	 	
Less cost reimbursements	 	 	(9,753	)	 	 	(5,156	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	 	 	12,694	 	 	 	13,773	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total RD&E	 	$	31,444	 	 	$	29,914	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The increase in RD&E expenses for 2008 was primarily due to our acquisitions in 2007 and 2008 which added $5.3 million of incremental research and development costs, $4.1 million of incremental engineering costs and $2.7 million of incremental cost reimbursements. These increases were offset by our efforts to streamline these functions in 2008 to better align resources as well as the timing of cost reimbursements.
Other Operating Expenses, Net
Acquired In-Process Research and Development — Approximately $2.2 million and $16.1 million of the purchase price related to the 2008 and 2007 acquisitions, respectively, was allocated to IPR&D projects acquired. These projects had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use as of the acquisition date, thus were immediately expensed on the date of acquisition. Additional information regarding these projects is set forth in the “Product Development” section of this Item.
The remaining other operating expenses, net are as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	
 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
(a) 2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	$	663	 	 	$	4,697	 	
(a) 2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	 	8,347	 	 	 	531	 	
(b) Integration costs	 	 	5,369	 	 	 	—	 	
(c) Asset dispositions and other	 	 	199	 	 	 	96	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	14,578	 	 	$	5,324	 	

(a)	 	Refer to the “Cost Savings and Consolidation Efforts” section of this Item for additional disclosures related to these items.	
 
 51 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
(b)	 	For 2008, we incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance programs as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. The expenses are primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs that will not be required after the integrations are completed.	
 		
(c)	 	During 2008 and 2007, we had various asset disposals which were partially offset by insurance proceeds received on previously disposed assets.	
Interest Expense and Interest Income
Interest expense for 2008 is $7.9 million higher than 2007 primarily due to the additional $80 million of 2.25% convertible notes issued at the beginning of 2007 as well as the additional interest expense associated with line of credit draws used to fund our acquisitions and debt extinguishment in 2008.
Interest income for 2008 decreased by $6.3 million in comparison to the prior year primarily due to the cash deployed in connection with our acquisitions in 2007 and 2008.
Gain on sale of investment security
In the second quarter of 2007, we sold an investment security which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $4.0 million.
Gain on extinguishment of debt
In December 2008, we entered into privately negotiated agreements under which we repurchased $21.8 million in aggregate principal amount of our CSN I at $845.38 per $1,000 of principal. The primary purpose of this transaction was to retire the debentures, which contained a put option exercisable on June 15, 2010, at a discount. This transaction was funded with availability under our existing line of credit. This transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and resulted in a pre-tax gain of $3.2 million.
In the first quarter of 2007, we exchanged $117.8 million of our original $170.0 million of CSN I for an equivalent principal amount of a new series of 2.25% convertible subordinated notes due 2013 (“CSN II”). The primary purpose of this transaction was to eliminate the June 15, 2010 call and put option that is included in the terms of the exchanged CSN I. We accounted for this exchange as an extinguishment of debt, which resulted in a net pre-tax gain of $4.5 million.
Other (income) expense, net
In December 2007 and January 2008, we entered into three forward currency contracts to purchase Swiss Francs and Euros in order to partially fund our acquisition of Precimed, which was payable in Swiss Francs, and the Chaumont Facility, which was payable in Euros. The net result of the above transactions was a gain of $2.4 million, $1.6 million of which was recorded in the first quarter of 2008 as Other Income, Net.
Provision for Income Taxes
Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2008 of 31.0% is lower than the U.S. statutory rate primarily as a result of the Swiss Tax Holiday tax benefit, offset in part by the IPR&D charge from the acquisition of Precimed, which was not deductible for income tax purposes. Our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2007 of 50.0% was higher than the U.S. statutory rate primarily as a result of the IPR&D charge from the acquisition of Enpath, which was not deductible for income tax purposes.
 
 52 

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents (a)	 	$	37.9	 	 	$	22.1	 	
Working capital (b)	 	$	119.9	 	 	$	142.2	 	
Current ratio (b)	 	 	1.9:1.0	 	 	 	2.5:1.0	 	
 	 	 	
(a)	 	Cash and cash equivalents increased over the prior year balances primarily due to cash flow from operations of $71.8 million partially offset by normal capital expenditures of $19.7 million and the repayment of long-term debt of $34 million during 2009.	
 		
(b)	 	Our working capital and current ratio decreased in comparison to prior year-end amounts primarily due to the reclassification of $30.5 million of long-term debt to Current Liabilities as the put/call date on that debt is now within one year and the $34.5 million accrual in connection with the Electrochem Litigation classified in Accrued Expenses (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report). This increase in Current Liabilities was partially offset by the cash generated from operations during 2009. We expect to repay the current portion of long-term debt as well as any potential litigation awards or settlements with existing cash on hand or borrowings under our existing revolving line of credit.	
Revolving Line of Credit — We have a senior credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) consisting of a $235 million revolving line of credit, which can be increased to $335 million upon our request and approval by a majority of the lenders. The Credit Facility also contains a $15 million letter of credit subfacility and a $15 million swingline subfacility. In connection with the Electrochem Litigation we were required to bond the amount of the judgment and statutory interest in order to appeal. We satisfied this requirement by posting a bond, which required collateralization. We received approval from the lenders supporting our Credit Facility to increase the letter of credit subfacility by $35 million for use only in connection with bonding the appeal of the Electrochem Litigation. The Credit Facility is secured by our non-realty assets including cash, accounts and notes receivable, and inventories, and has an expiration date of May 22, 2012 with a one-time option to extend to April 1, 2013 if no default has occurred.
The Credit Facility is supported by a consortium of six banks with no bank controlling more than 25% of the facility. As of January 1, 2010, each bank supporting the Credit Facility has an S&P credit rating of at least BBB- or better, which is considered investment grade.
Interest rates under the Credit Facility are, at our option, based upon the current prime rate or the LIBOR rate plus a margin that varies with our leverage ratio. If interest is paid based upon the prime rate, the applicable margin is between minus 1.25% and 0.00%. If interest is paid based upon the LIBOR rate, the applicable margin is between 1.00% and 2.00%. We are also required to pay a fee on our outstanding letter of credit equal to a margin between 1.00% and 2.00%, depending on our leverage ratio, plus 0.125%. We are also required to pay a commitment fee between 0.125% and 0.250% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility based on our leverage ratio.
The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under our revolving line of credit as of January 1, 2010, which does not include the impact of the interest rate swaps, was 2.0% and resets based upon the six-month LIBOR rate. As of January 1, 2010, we had $114 million available under the Credit Facility. This amount may vary from period to period based upon our debt and EBITDA levels, which impacts the covenant calculations. The interest rate on the $23 million letter of credit outstanding as of January 1, 2010 was 1.125%.
 
 53 

Table of Contents

The Credit Facility contains limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, limitations on the incurrence of liens and licensing of intellectual property, limitations on investments and restrictions on certain payments. Except to the extent paid by the issuance of common stock of Greatbatch or paid out of cash on hand, the Credit Facility limits the amount paid for acquisitions in total to $100 million. The restrictions on payments, among other things, limit repurchases of our stock to $60 million and limits the ability of the Company to make cash payments upon conversion of CSN II. These limitations can be waived upon the Company’s request and approval of a simple majority of the lenders.
The Credit Facility requires us to maintain a ratio of adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, to interest expense of at least 3.00 to 1.00. For the twelve month period ending January 1, 2010, our ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense, calculated in accordance with our credit agreement, was 9.11 to 1.00, well above the required limit. The Credit Facility also requires us to maintain a total leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, of not greater than 4.50 to 1.00. As of January 1, 2010 our total leverage ratio, calculated in accordance with our credit agreement, was 3.55 to 1.00, well below the required limit. The calculation of adjusted EBITDA and leverage ratio exclude certain “extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring” expenses and non-cash charges such as facility shutdown and consolidation costs (subject to certain limits as defined in the agreement), as well as charges up to $35 million in connection with the Electrochem Litigation.
The Credit Facility contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, a majority of the lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable.
As of January 1, 2010, we had $114 million available under our revolving line of credit. Based upon our current capital needs, we anticipate utilizing free cash flow (cash flow from operations less capital expenditures) to make principal payments on our long-term debt.
Operating activities — Net cash flows from operating activities for 2009 were $71.8 million, and were generated from net income excluding non-cash items (i.e. depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation, non-cash charges and non-cash gains/losses) and were partially offset by decreases in accounts payable and accrued expenses. Included in accounts receivable as of January 2, 2009 was an $11.6 million value added tax (“VAT”) receivable with the French government related to inventory purchases for the Chaumont Facility. During 2009, we received payment of this receivable. We anticipate that cash on hand along with cash flow from operations and availability under our revolving line of credit will be sufficient to meet our operating (including any potential legal settlements) needs.
Investing activities — Net cash used in investing activities for 2009 were $21.1 million and was primarily related to maintenance capital expenditures. Our current expectation is that capital spending will be in the range of $35 million to $45 million for 2010, of which approximately half is discretionary in nature. These purchases relate to routine investments to support our internal growth as well as additional investment in our orthopaedic business in order to further drive improvements and growth including the purchase of rapid prototyping equipment for our new orthopaedic design center opened in February 2010.
We anticipate that cash on hand along with cash flow from operations and availability under our revolving line of credit will be sufficient to fund these capital expenditures. We regularly engage in discussions relating to potential acquisitions. Going forward, we will continue to consider strategically targeted and opportunistic acquisitions.
 
 54 

Table of Contents

Financing activities — Cash flow used for financing activities for 2009 primarily related to $34.0 million net repayment of long-term borrowings. We continually assess our financing facilities and capital structure to ensure liquidity and capital levels are sufficient to meet our strategic objectives. In the future, we may adjust our capital structure as funding opportunities present themselves.
As of January 1, 2010, we have outstanding $30.5 million of CSN I, which contain a put option exercisable on June 15, 2010 and is classified as a current liability. We expect to repay this current portion of long-term debt with cash on hand or availability under our existing revolving line of credit in June 2010.
Capital Structure — As of January 1, 2010, our capital structure consisted of $228.2 million of convertible subordinated notes, $98.0 million of debt under our revolving line of credit and 23.2 million shares of common stock outstanding. Additionally, we had $37.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, which is sufficient to meet our short-term operating cash needs. If necessary, we have access to $114 million under our available line of credit and are authorized to issue 100 million shares of common stock and 100 million shares of preferred stock. The market value of our outstanding common stock since our initial public offering has exceeded our book value; accordingly, we believe that if needed we can access public markets to raise additional capital. Our capital structure allows us to support our internal growth and provides liquidity for corporate development initiatives.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.
Litigation
We are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. A complete list of all material pending legal actions against the company are set forth at Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained at Item 8 of this report. Except for the items set forth in Note 11, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any pending legal actions will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact in the period in which the ruling occurs.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at January 1, 2010:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Payments due by period	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Less than 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	More than 5	 	
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS	 	Total	 	 	year	 	 	1-3 years	 	 	3-5 years	 	 	years	 	
Debt obligations (a)	 	$	357,587	 	 	$	45,265	 	 	$	112,315	 	 	$	200,007	 	 	$	—	 	
Operating lease obligations (b)	 	 	12,079	 	 	 	2,835	 	 	 	4,066	 	 	 	3,500	 	 	 	1,678	 	
Purchase obligations (b)	 	 	20,795	 	 	 	20,289	 	 	 	506	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Foreign currency contracts (b)	 	 	6,000	 	 	 	6,000	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Pension obligations (c)	 	 	11,410	 	 	 	848	 	 	 	2,032	 	 	 	2,349	 	 	 	6,181	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	407,871	 	 	$	75,237	 	 	$	118,919	 	 	$	205,856	 	 	$	7,859	 	

(a)	 	Includes the annual interest expense on our convertible debentures of 2.25%, which is paid semi-annually. These amounts assume the June 2010 put option is exercised on the $30.5 million of CSN I and the Company is required to pay the $6.2 million of deferred taxes related to these notes. Amounts also include the expected interest expense on the $98.0 million outstanding on our line of credit based upon the period end weighted average interest rate of 3.9%, which includes the impact of our interest rate swaps outstanding. See Note 6– “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for additional information about our debt obligations.	
 
 55 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	
(b)	 	See Note 11 — “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for additional information about our operating lease, purchase obligations and foreign currency contracts.	
 		
(c)	 	See Note 7 — “Employee Benefit Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report for additional information about our pension plan obligations. These amounts do not include any potential future contributions to our pension plan that may be necessary if the rate of return earned on pension plan assets is not sufficient to fund the rate of increase of our pension liability. Future cash contributions may be required. As of January 1, 2010, our actuarially determined pension benefit obligation exceeded the plans assets by $4.0 million.	
This table does not reflect $3.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits as we are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled. Refer to Note 10 – “Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information about these unrecognized tax benefits. Additionally, the table does not include any potential payments that may be due in connection with the Electrochem Litigation (See Note 11 “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report).
In previous year, we provided medical insurance to our U.S. employees by purchasing fully insured coverage. In order to contain health care costs and provide us with greater plan flexibility, in 2010 we will be self-funding our U.S. medical coverage. The risk to the Company is being limited by using appropriate stop loss and aggregate loss insurance coverage.
Inflation
We utilize certain critical raw materials (including precious metals) in our products that we obtain from a limited number of suppliers due to the technically challenging requirements of the supplied product and/or the lengthy process required to qualify these materials with our customers. We cannot quickly establish additional or replacement suppliers for these materials because of these requirements. Our results may be negatively impacted by an increase in the price of these critical raw materials. This risk is partially mitigated as many of the supply agreements with our customers allow us to partially adjust prices for the impact of any raw material price increases and the supply agreements with our vendors have final one-time buy clauses to meet a long-term need. Historically, raw material price increases have not materially impacted our results of operations.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In the normal course of business, Management evaluates all new accounting pronouncements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) or other authoritative accounting body to determine the potential impact they may have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Based upon this review, other than as discussed below, Management does not expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements, which have not already been adopted, to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 56 

Table of Contents

In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to the consolidation guidance in ASC 810-10 applicable to variable interest entities which affects the overall consolidation analysis. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We are currently assessing the impact of these amendments on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

ITEM 7A.	 	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
Foreign Currency — We have significant foreign operations in France, Mexico and Switzerland, which exposes the Company to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations due to transactions denominated in Euros, Pesos and Swiss Francs, respectively. We continuously evaluate our foreign currency risk and will take action from time to time in order to best mitigate these risks, which includes the use of various derivative instruments such as forward currency exchange contracts. A hypothetical 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to our most significant foreign currency exposures would have had an impact of approximately $8 million on our annual sales. This amount is not indicative of the hypothetical net earnings impact due to partially offsetting impacts on cost of sales and operating expenses in those currencies. We estimate that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations during 2009 reduced sales in comparison to 2008 by approximately $5 million.
In December 2007, we entered into a forward contract to purchase 80,000,000 CHF, at an exchange rate of 1.1389 CHF per one U.S. dollar, in order to partially fund the acquisition of Precimed, which closed in January 2008 and was payable in Swiss Francs. In January 2008, we entered into an additional forward contract to purchase 20,000,000 CHF at an exchange rate of 1.1156 per one U.S. dollar. We entered into a similar foreign exchange contract in January 2008 in order to fund the acquisition of the Chaumont Facility, which closed in February 2008 and was payable in Euros. The net result of the above transactions was a gain of $2.4 million, $1.6 million of which was recorded in 2008 as Other Income, Net.
In February 2009, we entered into forward contracts to purchase 10 million Mexican pesos per month from March 2009 to December 2009 at an exchange rate of 14.85 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with the operations at our Tijuana, Mexico facility. These contracts were accounted for as a cash flow hedges. The amount recorded as a reduction of Cost of Sales during 2009 related to these forward contracts was $0.6 million.
In December 2009, we entered into forward contracts to purchase 6.6 million Mexican pesos per month from January 2010 to December 2010 at an exchange rate of 13.159 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with the operations at our Tijuana, Mexico facility for 2010. These contracts are being accounted for as cash flow hedges and had a negative fair value of $0.09 million as of January 1, 2010, which is recorded within Other Current Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
In February 2010, the Company entered into forward contracts to purchase an additional 3.3 million Mexican pesos per month from February 2010 to December 2010 at an exchange rate of 13.1595 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso denominated payments associated with the operations at our Tijuana, Mexico facility for 2010. These contracts are being accounted for as cash flow hedges.
 
 57 

Table of Contents

We translate all assets and liabilities of our foreign operations, where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency, at the period-end exchange rate and translate sales and expenses at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of these translation adjustments is recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as Comprehensive Income (Loss). The translation adjustment for 2009 was a $4.6 million gain. Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to permanent investments in our foreign subsidiaries. Net foreign currency transaction gains and losses included in Other Income, Net amounted to a gain of $0.7 million and $0.1 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, and a loss of $0.04 million for 2007. A hypothetical 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to our most significant foreign currency net assets would have had an impact of approximately $9 million on our foreign net assets as of January 1, 2010.
Interest Rate Swaps — As of January 1, 2010, we had $98 million outstanding on our revolving line of credit. Interest rates reset on this debt based upon the six-month LIBOR rate, thus subjecting us to interest rate risk. During 2008, we entered into three receive floating-pay fixed interest rate swaps indexed to the six-month LIBOR rate. The objective of these swaps is to hedge against potential changes in cash flows on our outstanding revolving line of credit. No credit risk was hedged. The receive variable leg of the swaps and the variable rate paid on the revolving line of credit bear the same rate of interest, excluding the credit spread, and reset and pay interest on the same dates.
Information regarding our outstanding interest rate swaps is as follow:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Current	 	 	Fair	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Pay	 	 	receive	 	 	value	 	 	Balance	
 	 	Type of	 	Notional	 	 	Start	 	 	End	 	 	fixed	 	 	floating	 	 	January 1,	 	 	sheet	
Instrument	 	hedge	 	amount	 	 	date	 	 	date	 	 	rate	 	 	rate	 	 	2010	 	 	location	
 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	$	80,000	 	 	 	3/5/2008	 	 	 	7/7/2010	 	 	 	3.09	%	 	 	1.08	%	 	$	(1,073	)	 	Other Current Liabilities	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	 	18,000	 	 	 	12/18/2008	 	 	 	12/18/2010	 	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	0.45	%	 	 	(217	)	 	Other Current Liabilities	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	 	50,000	 	 	 	7/7/2010	 	 	 	7/7/2011	 	 	 	2.16	%	 	6M LIBOR	 	 	 	(322	)	 	Other Long-Term Liabilities	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	148,000	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.64	%	 	 	 	 	 	$	(1,612	)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreements represents the amount we would have to pay to terminate the contracts. No portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps during 2009 was considered ineffective. The amount recorded as Interest Expense related to the interest rate swaps was $1.4 million (Expense) and $0.4 million (Income) during 2009 and 2008, respectively.
A hypothetical one percentage point change in the LIBOR interest rate on the $98 million of floating rate revolving line of credit debt outstanding would not have an impact on our interest expense due to the interest rate swap agreements we have in place.
 
 58 

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.	 	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	
The following are set forth below:
 	 	 	 	 	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	 	 	60	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	 	 	61	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009	 	 	63	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007	 	 	64	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007	 	 	65	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007	 	 	66	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	67	 	
 
 59 

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Company’s certifying officers are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed and maintained under the supervision of its certifying officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As of January 1, 2010, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2010 is effective.
The effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2010 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Dated: March 2, 2010
 	 	 	
/s/ Thomas J. Hook	 	/s/ Thomas J. Mazza	
 
Thomas J. Hook	 	 
 Thomas J. Mazza	
President & Chief Executive Officer	 	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer	
 
 60 

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Greatbatch, Inc.
Clarence, New York
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 1, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended January 1, 2010, of the Company and our report dated March 2, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in method of accounting for its convertible debt instruments.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Buffalo, New York
March 2, 2010
 
 61 

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Greatbatch, Inc.
Clarence, New York
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2010. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for its convertible debt instruments in all years presented.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Buffalo, New York
March 2, 2010
 
 62 

Table of Contents

GREATBATCH, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands except share and per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	37,864	 	 	$	22,063	 	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	81,488	 	 	 	86,364	 	
Inventories	 	 	106,609	 	 	 	112,304	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	13,896	 	 	 	8,086	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	13,313	 	 	 	6,754	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	253,170	 	 	 	235,571	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	153,601	 	 	 	166,668	 	
Amortizing intangible assets, net	 	 	82,076	 	 	 	90,259	 	
Trademarks and tradenames	 	 	20,288	 	 	 	36,130	 	
Goodwill	 	 	303,926	 	 	 	302,221	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	2,458	 	 	 	1,942	 	
Other assets	 	 	15,024	 	 	 	15,242	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	830,543	 	 	$	848,033	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	$	30,450	 	 	$	—	 	
Accounts payable	 	 	34,395	 	 	 	48,727	 	
Income taxes payable	 	 	403	 	 	 	4,128	 	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	 	 	67,996	 	 	 	40,497	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	133,244	 	 	 	93,352	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	258,972	 	 	 	314,384	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	54,043	 	 	 	57,905	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	4,560	 	 	 	7,601	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	450,819	 	 	 	473,242	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares; no shares issued or outstanding in 2009 or 2008	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares; 23,190,105 shares issued and 23,157,097 shares outstanding in 2009 and 22,970,916 shares issued and 22,943,176 shares outstanding in 2008	 	 	23	 	 	 	23	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	291,926	 	 	 	283,322	 	
Treasury stock, at cost, 33,008 shares in 2009 and 27,740 shares in 2008	 	 	(635	)	 	 	(741	)	
Retained earnings	 	 	86,262	 	 	 	95,263	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	2,148	 	 	 	(3,076	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	379,724	 	 	 	374,791	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	830,543	 	 	$	848,033	 	

(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted — See Note 1.	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 63 

Table of Contents

GREATBATCH, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands except per share amounts)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	 	2007 (1)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales	 	$	521,821	 	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	318,746	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	355,402	 	 	 	390,855	 	 	 	202,721	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	166,419	 	 	 	155,789	 	 	 	116,025	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	70,294	 	 	 	72,633	 	 	 	44,674	 	
Research, development and engineering costs, net	 	 	33,562	 	 	 	31,444	 	 	 	29,914	 	
Electrochem litigation charge	 	 	34,500	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Intangible asset write-down	 	 	15,921	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Acquired in-process research and development	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,240	 	 	 	16,093	 	
Other operating expenses, net	 	 	11,094	 	 	 	14,578	 	 	 	5,324	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	1,048	 	 	 	34,894	 	 	 	20,020	 	
Interest expense	 	 	20,071	 	 	 	19,954	 	 	 	12,072	 	
Interest income	 	 	(324	)	 	 	(711	)	 	 	(7,050	)	
Gain on extinguishment of debt	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,242	)	 	 	(4,473	)	
Gain on sale of investment security	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,001	)	
Other income, net	 	 	(522	)	 	 	(1,624	)	 	 	(447	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	 	(18,177	)	 	 	20,517	 	 	 	23,919	 	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	 	(9,176	)	 	 	6,369	 	 	 	11,969	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	(9,001	)	 	$	14,148	 	 	$	11,950	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.63	 	 	$	0.54	 	
Diluted	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.62	 	 	$	0.53	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	22,926	 	 	 	22,525	 	 	 	22,152	 	
Diluted	 	 	22,926	 	 	 	22,861	 	 	 	22,422	 	
Comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	(9,001	)	 	$	14,148	 	 	$	11,950	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	4,562	 	 	 	(228	)	 	 	—	 	
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax	 	 	(200	)	 	 	(906	)	 	 	—	 	
Defined benefit pension plan liability adjustment	 	 	862	 	 	 	(1,942	)	 	 	—	 	
Net unrealized loss on short-term investments available for sale, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(923	)	
Less: reclassification adjustment for net realized gain on short-term investments available for sale, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,601	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	 	$	(3,777	)	 	$	11,072	 	 	$	8,426	 	

(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted — See Note 1.	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 64 

Table of Contents

GREATBATCH, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	 	2007 (1)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	$	(9,001	)	 	$	14,148	 	 	$	11,950	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	47,229	 	 	 	52,168	 	 	 	30,611	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	5,204	 	 	 	11,211	 	 	 	9,252	 	
Accrual for Electrochem litigation charge	 	 	34,500	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Intangible asset write-down	 	 	15,921	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Gain on extinguishment of debt	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,242	)	 	 	(4,473	)	
Gain on sale of investment security	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,001	)	
Acquired in-process research and development	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,240	 	 	 	16,093	 	
Other non-cash (gains) losses	 	 	(559	)	 	 	2,994	 	 	 	(972	)	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	(10,120	)	 	 	(704	)	 	 	(6,604	)	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	5,876	 	 	 	(18,640	)	 	 	(14,523	)	
Inventories	 	 	6,898	 	 	 	(21,077	)	 	 	(1,969	)	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	(2,364	)	 	 	(35	)	 	 	(238	)	
Accounts payable	 	 	(12,668	)	 	 	14,285	 	 	 	11,138	 	
Accrued expenses and other liabilities	 	 	(5,050	)	 	 	1,589	 	 	 	(4,581	)	
Income taxes	 	 	(4,100	)	 	 	2,164	 	 	 	1,282	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	71,766	 	 	 	57,101	 	 	 	42,965	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of short-term investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,010	)	 	 	(70,058	)	
Proceeds from maturity/disposition of short-term investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	9,027	 	 	 	133,578	 	
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment	 	 	(19,674	)	 	 	(44,172	)	 	 	(19,993	)	
Purchase of cost method investment, net of distributions	 	 	(1,050	)	 	 	(4,300	)	 	 	(1,750	)	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	 	 	—	 	 	 	(107,577	)	 	 	(188,148	)	
Other investing activities	 	 	(417	)	 	 	306	 	 	 	567	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(21,141	)	 	 	(148,726	)	 	 	(145,804	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayments under line of credit, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,000	)	
Principal payments of long-term debt	 	 	(46,000	)	 	 	(62,058	)	 	 	(6,093	)	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	 	 	12,000	 	 	 	142,000	 	 	 	76,000	 	
Payment of debt issuance costs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6,628	)	
Issuance of common stock	 	 	212	 	 	 	2,210	 	 	 	2,699	 	
Other financing activities	 	 	(718	)	 	 	(495	)	 	 	187	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	 	(34,506	)	 	 	81,657	 	 	 	65,165	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of foreign currency exchange on cash and cash equivalents	 	 	(318	)	 	 	(1,442	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	15,801	 	 	 	(11,410	)	 	 	(37,674	)	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year	 	 	22,063	 	 	 	33,473	 	 	 	71,147	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	 	$	37,864	 	 	$	22,063	 	 	$	33,473	 	

(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted — See Note 1.	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 65 

Table of Contents

GREATBATCH, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Additional	 	 	Treasury	 	 	 	 	 	 	other	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	Common stock	 	 	paid-in	 	 	stock	 	 	Retained	 	 	comprehensive	 	 	stockholders’	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	capital	 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	earnings	 	 	income (loss)	 	 	equity	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, December 29, 2006	 	 	22,119	 	 	$	22	 	 	$	227,187	 	 	 	(8	)	 	$	(205	)	 	$	69,165	 	 	$	3,524	 	 	$	299,693	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,673	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,673	 	
Net shares issued under stock incentive plans	 	 	248	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,494	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	65	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,559	 	
Income tax benefit from stock options and restricted stock	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	264	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	264	 	
Shares contributed to 401(k)	 	 	110	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,956	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,956	 	
Equity value and related deferred fees on convertible debt issued, net (Note 1)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	31,550	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	31,550	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,950	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	11,950	 	
Total other comprehensive loss, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,524	)	 	 	(3,524	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, December 28, 2007	 	 	22,477	 	 	 	22	 	 	 	270,124	 	 	 	(7	)	 	 	(140	)	 	 	81,115	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	351,121	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,822	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,822	 	
Net shares issued under stock incentive plans	 	 	266	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	1,417	 	 	 	(21	)	 	 	(601	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	817	 	
Income tax benefit from stock options and restricted stock	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14	 	
Shares issued in connection with the Quan Emerteq acquisition	 	 	60	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,473	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,473	 	
Shares contributed to 401(k)	 	 	168	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,472	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,472	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14,148	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	14,148	 	
Total other comprehensive loss, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,076	)	 	 	(3,076	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 2, 2009	 	 	22,971	 	 	 	23	 	 	 	283,322	 	 	 	(28	)	 	 	(741	)	 	 	95,263	 	 	 	(3,076	)	 	 	374,791	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,204	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,204	 	
Net shares issued under stock incentive plans	 	 	24	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	214	 	 	 	(33	)	 	 	(635	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(421	)	
Income tax liability from stock options and restricted stock	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(88	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(88	)	
Shares contributed to 401(k)	 	 	195	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,274	 	 	 	28	 	 	 	741	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,015	 	
Net loss	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(9,001	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(9,001	)	
Total other comprehensive income, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,224	 	 	 	5,224	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2010	 	 	23,190	 	 	$	23	 	 	$	291,926	 	 	 	(33	)	 	$	(635	)	 	$	86,262	 	 	$	2,148	 	 	$	379,724	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
 
 66 

Table of Contents
GREATBATCH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Greatbatch, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary (collectively, the “Company” or “Greatbatch”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has revised its Consolidated Statements of Operations to include a presentation of Gross Profit and to combine intangible amortization expense related to cost of sales with Cost of Sales.
Nature of Operations — The Company operates its business in two reportable segments – Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem Solutions (“Electrochem”). During 2009, the Company rebranded its Implantable Medical Component (“IMC”) segment as Greatbatch Medical. Greatbatch Medical designs and manufactures systems, components and devices for the Cardiac Rhythm Management (“CRM”), Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. Greatbatch Medical customers include large multi-national original equipment manufacturers OEMs. The Company’s products include: 1) batteries, capacitors, filtered and unfiltered feedthroughs, engineered components and enclosures used in Implantable Medical Devices (“IMDs”); 2) instruments and delivery systems used in hip and knee replacement, trauma and spine surgeries as well as hip, knee and shoulder implants; and 3) introducers, catheters, steerable sheaths and implantable stimulation leads. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for medical systems and devices within the markets in which it operates.
Electrochem is a leader in technology solutions for critical industrial applications, including customized battery power and wireless sensing systems. Originating from the lithium cell invented for the implantable pacemaker by the Company’s founder, Wilson Greatbatch, Electrochem’s technology and superior quality and reliability is utilized in markets world-wide.
Fiscal Year End — The Company utilizes a fifty-two, fifty-three week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st . Fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007 ended on January 1, 2010, January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. Fiscal years 2009 and 2007 contained fifty-two weeks while fiscal year 2008 contained fifty-three weeks.
Fair Value Measurements – Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e . the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10 establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.
 
 67 

Table of Contents
Level 2 — Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.
The availability of observable inputs can vary and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, the type of asset/liability, whether the asset/liability is established in the marketplace, and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are required to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and accounts payable, approximated their fair value as of January 1, 2010 because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Note 12 – “Fair Value Measurements” contains additional information on assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements.
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid, short-term investments with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less.
Investments Available for Sale — The Company did not hold any investment securities at January 1, 2010 or January 2, 2009. In previous years, the Company classified its investment securities purchased as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized gain or loss, net of tax, reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses and investment income are included in net income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Unrealized losses considered to be other than temporary are recognized in net income.
Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. A significant portion of the Company’s sales are to four customers, all in the medical device industry, and, as such, the Company is directly affected by the condition of those customers and that industry. However, the credit risk associated with trade receivables is partially mitigated due to the stability of those customers. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers. Note 13 – “Business Segment Information” contains information on sales and accounts receivable for these customers. The Company maintains cash deposits with major banks, which from time to time may exceed insured limits. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its banks.
 
 68 

Table of Contents
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to its customers in the form of trade receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful customer accounts for those receivables that it does not expect to collect. The Company accrues its estimated losses from uncollectable accounts receivable to the allowance based upon recent historical experience, the length of time the receivable has been outstanding and other specific information as it becomes available. Provisions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to current operating expenses. Actual losses are charged against this allowance when incurred. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.5 million at January 1, 2010 and $1.6 million at January 2, 2009.
Inventories — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in first-out method, or market. Write-downs for excess, obsolete or expired inventory are based primarily on how long the inventory has been held as well as our estimates of forecasted net sales of that product. A significant change in the timing or level of demand for our products may result in recording additional write-downs for excess, obsolete or expired inventory in the future.
Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows: buildings and building improvements 7-40 years; machinery and equipment 3-8 years; office equipment 3-10 years; and leasehold improvements over the remaining lives of the improvements or the lease term, if less. The cost of repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred; renewals and betterments are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in operating income or expense.
Business Combinations — The Company records its business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocates the purchase price of each acquisition to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets is based upon detailed valuations that use various assumptions made by management. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Prior to 2009 the Company included all direct acquisition-related costs as part of the purchase price. Beginning in 2009, the Company adopted a change in accounting which requires, if applicable, any direct acquisition-related costs to be expensed as incurred.
On April 3, 2007, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of BIOMEC, Inc. (“BIOMEC”). BIOMEC was a biomedical device company based in Cleveland, OH. The results of BIOMEC’s operations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of BIOMEC totaled $11.4 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from BIOMEC were $12.0 million, of which $7.4 million were intangible assets, including $2.3 million of in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), which was immediately expensed, and $5.1 million of goodwill.
On June 15, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of Enpath Medical, Inc. (“Enpath”). Enpath designed, developed, manufactured and marketed single use medical device products for the cardiac rhythm management, neuromodulation and interventional radiology markets. The results of Enpath’s operations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Enpath totaled $98.4 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Enpath were $113.8 million, of which $91.3 million were intangible assets, including $13.8 million of IPR&D which was immediately expensed, and $48.9 million of goodwill.
 
 69 

Table of Contents
On October 26, 2007, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of IntelliSensing, LLC (“IntelliSensing”). IntelliSensing designed and manufactured wireless sensor solutions that measure temperature, pressure, flow and other critical data. The results of IntelliSensing’s operations were included in the Electrochem business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of IntelliSensing totaled $3.9 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from IntelliSensing were $4.0 million, of which $3.8 million were intangible assets, including $1.9 million of goodwill.
On November 16, 2007, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Quan Emerteq, LLC (“Quan”). Quan designed, developed and manufactured single use medical device products for the vascular, CRM and neuromodulation markets. The results of Quan’s operations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Quan totaled $60.0 million, which was primarily paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Quan were $62.8 million, of which $52.4 million were intangible assets, including $32.2 million of goodwill.
On November 16, 2007, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Engineered Assemblies Corporation (“EAC”). EAC was a leading provider of custom battery solutions and electronics integration focused on rechargeable battery systems. The results of EAC’s operations were included in the Electrochem business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of EAC totaled $15.1 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from EAC were $16.7 million, of which $7.9 million were intangible assets, including $5.5 million of goodwill.
On January 7, 2008, the Company acquired P Medical Holding SA (“Precimed”) which had administrative offices in Orvin, Switzerland and Exton, PA, manufacturing operations in Switzerland and Indiana and sales offices in Japan, China and the United Kingdom. Precimed was a leading technology-driven supplier to the orthopaedic industry. The results of Precimed’s operations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of Precimed totaled $85.0 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from Precimed were $143.0 million, of which $82.3 million were intangible assets, including $2.2 million of IPR&D which was immediately expensed, and $47.2 million of goodwill.
On February 11, 2008, Precimed completed its previously announced acquisition of DePuy Orthopaedics (“DePuy”) Chaumont, France manufacturing facility (the “Chaumont Facility”). The Chaumont Facility produces hip and shoulder implants for DePuy Ireland who distributes them worldwide through various DePuy selling entities. This transaction included a new four year supply agreement with DePuy. The results of DePuy’s operations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business from the date of acquisition. The purchase price and other direct costs of the Chaumont Facility totaled $28.7 million, which was paid in cash. Total assets acquired from the Chaumont Facility were $29.3 million, of which $6.6 million was goodwill.
The following unaudited pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company, Precimed, and the Chaumont Facility as if those acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of each of the fiscal years presented. Additionally, 2007 amounts reflect the Company’s 2007 acquisition of Enpath, Quan and EAC as if those acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of 2007. The unaudited pro forma results are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not reflect the realization of potential cost savings, and any related integration costs. Certain cost savings may result from the acquisition; however, there can be no assurance that these cost savings will be achieved. These pro forma results do not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been obtained, or to be a projection of results that may be obtained in the future.
 
 70 

Table of Contents
Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
(Unaudited)	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Sales	 	$	555,139	 	 	$	502,043	 	
Net income	 	 	20,128	 	 	 	15,613	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.90	 	 	$	0.70	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.86	 	 	$	0.68	 	
The unaudited pro forma information presents the combined operating results of Greatbatch, Precimed, the Chaumont Facility, Enpath, Quan and EAC, with the results prior to the acquisition date adjusted to include the pro forma impact of the amortization of acquired intangible assets and depreciation of fixed assets based on the purchase price allocation, the elimination of non-recurring IPR&D charges ($2.2 million in 2008 and $13.8 million in 2007) and inventory step-up amortization recorded by Greatbatch ($6.4 million in 2008 and $1.7 million in 2007), the adjustment to interest income/expense reflecting the cash paid in connection with the acquisition, including acquisition-related expenses, at Greatbatch’s weighted average interest income/expense rate, and the impact of income taxes on the pro forma adjustments utilizing the applicable statutory tax rate, except for IPR&D which is not deductible for tax purposes. The unaudited pro forma consolidated basic and diluted earnings per share are based on the consolidated basic and diluted weighted average shares of Greatbatch.
Amortizing Intangible Assets — Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill and trademarks and tradenames consist primarily of purchased technology, patents and customer lists. The Company is amortizing its currently held definite-lived intangible assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: purchased technology and patents 5-15 years; customer lists 7-20 years and other intangible assets 1-10 years.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company assesses the impairment of definite lived long-lived assets or asset group when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered in deciding when to perform an impairment review include: A significant decrease in the market price of the asset or asset group; A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical condition; An accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction; A current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group; or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The term more likely than not refers to a level of likelihood that is more than 50 percent.
Recoverability potential is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the related total future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying value is not recoverable through related cash flows, the asset or asset group is considered to be impaired. Impairment is measured by comparing the asset or asset group’s carrying amount to its fair value. When it is determined that useful lives of assets are shorter than originally estimated, and no impairment is present, the rate of depreciation is accelerated in order to fully depreciate the assets over their new shorter useful lives.
 
 71 

Table of Contents
Currently, goodwill and trademarks and tradenames recorded are not amortized but are periodically tested for impairment. The Company assesses goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of its reporting units to their carrying amounts on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if certain events occur similar to those described above. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Fair values for reporting units are determined based on discounted cash flows, market multiples or appraised values as appropriate. Indefinite lived intangible assets such as trademarks and tradenames are assessed for impairment on the last day of each fiscal year, or more frequently if certain events occur (as described above), by comparing the fair value of the asset to their carrying value. The fair value is determined by using a relief-from-royalty approach. The Company has determined that, based on the impairment tests performed, no impairment of goodwill has occurred during 2009, 2008 or 2007. During 2009, the Company recognized a $15.9 million impairment charge related to its trademarks and tradenames — See Note 4 “Intangible Assets.” No impairment of the Company’s trademarks and tradenames occurred during 2008 or 2007.
Other Long-Term Assets — Other long-term assets includes deferred costs incurred in connection with the Company’s issuance of its convertible subordinated notes and revolving line of credit. These costs are being amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to the put option date (if applicable) or the contractual maturity date, whichever is earlier. Total long-term deferred financing fees amounted to $3.0 million at January 1, 2010 and $4.1 million at January 2, 2009. Prior year amounts have been retroactively adjusted for the change in accounting for convertible debt adopted in 2009 – See “Convertible Subordinated Notes.” The amortization of debt discount and deferred fees is included in Depreciation and Amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Other long-term assets also include investments in equity securities of entities which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over and are accounted for using the cost method. Each reporting period, management evaluates these investments to determine if there are any events or circumstances that are likely to have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. Examples of such impairment indicators include, but are not limited to: a significant deterioration in earnings performance; a significant adverse change in the regulatory, economic or technological environment of an investee; or a significant doubt about an investee’s ability to continue as a going concern. If an impairment indicator is identified, management will estimate the fair value of the investment and compare it to its carrying value. The estimation of fair value considers all available financial information related to the investee, including, but not limited to, valuations based on recent third-party equity investments in the investee. If the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value, the investment is impaired and a determination as to whether the impairment is other-than-temporary is made. Impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary unless the Company has the ability and intent to hold the investment for a period sufficient for a market recovery up to the carrying value of the investment. Further, evidence must indicate that the carrying value of the investment is recoverable within a reasonable period. For other-than-temporary impairments, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the investment’s carrying value and its fair value.
The aggregate recorded amount of cost method investments at January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009 was $11.9 million and $10.9 million, respectively. The Company has determined that these investments are not considered variable interest entities. The Company’s exposure related to these entities is limited to its recorded investment. These investments are in start-up research and development companies whose fair value is highly subjective in nature and subject to future fluctuations, which could be significant.
 
 72 

Table of Contents
Income Taxes — The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared using the asset and liability approach in accounting for income taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred income taxes for the expected future tax consequences of net operating losses, credits, and temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a “more likely than not” recognition threshold. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in tax law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. These tax positions are evaluated on a quarterly basis. The Company recognizes interest expense related to uncertain tax positions as Interest Expense. Penalties, if incurred, are recognized as a component of Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. State tax returns are filed on a combined or separate basis depending on the applicable laws in the jurisdictions where tax returns are filed. The Company also files foreign tax returns on a separate company basis in the countries in which it operates.
Convertible Subordinated Notes — Beginning in 2009, the Company adopted a change in accounting which required issuers of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, such as the Company’s CSN II as described in Note 6, to separately account for the liability and equity components of those instruments in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods.
Upon adoption, the Company determined the carrying amount of the liability component of CSN II by measuring the fair value of a similar liability that does not have the associated conversion option as of the date CSN II was issued (March 2007). The carrying amount of the conversion option was then determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the initial proceeds received from the issuance of CSN II.
The carrying amount of the conversion option was retroactively recorded as Additional Paid-In Capital with an offset to Long-Term Debt and is being amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to the contractual maturity date. Deferred financing fees incurred in connection with the issuance of CSN II, previously recorded as Long-Term Other Assets, were allocated proportionally to the proceeds of the liability and equity components. The deferred financing fees allocated to the debt component are being amortized using the effective interest method over the period from the date of issuance to contractual maturity date, whichever is earlier. The deferred financing fees allocated to the equity component were recorded as an offset to Additional Paid-In Capital.
As required, the 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the adoption of this change in accounting for convertible debt as if it were in effect on the date CSN II were originally issued.
 
 73 

Table of Contents

The following table provides the impact of this accounting change on the 2008 and 2007 Consolidated Financial Statements:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Impact of	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As Previously	 	 	Accounting	 	 	Adjusted	 	
(in thousands except per share amounts)	 	Reported	 	 	Change	 	 	Amounts	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheet	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(As of January 2, 2009)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other assets	 	$	16,140	 	 	$	(898	)	 	$	15,242	 	
Total assets	 	 	848,931	 	 	 	(898	)	 	 	848,033	 	
LIABILITIES	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	352,920	 	 	 	(38,536	)	 	 	314,384	 	
Deferred income taxes — long-term	 	 	44,306	 	 	 	13,599	 	 	 	57,905	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	498,179	 	 	 	(24,937	)	 	 	473,242	 	
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	251,772	 	 	 	31,550	 	 	 	283,322	 	
Retained earnings	 	 	102,774	 	 	 	(7,511	)	 	 	95,263	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	350,752	 	 	 	24,039	 	 	 	374,791	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	 	848,931	 	 	 	(898	)	 	 	848,033	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Consolidated Statement of Operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Year ended January 2, 2009)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	13,168	 	 	$	6,786	 	 	$	19,954	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	 	 	27,303	 	 	 	(6,786	)	 	 	20,517	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	8,744	 	 	 	(2,375	)	 	 	6,369	 	
Net income	 	 	18,559	 	 	 	(4,411	)	 	 	14,148	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	0.82	 	 	 	(0.19	)	 	 	0.63	 	
Diluted	 	 	0.81	 	 	 	(0.19	)	 	 	0.62	 	
(Year ended December 28, 2007)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	 	7,303	 	 	 	4,769	 	 	 	12,072	 	
Income before provision for income taxes	 	 	28,688	 	 	 	(4,769	)	 	 	23,919	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	13,638	 	 	 	(1,669	)	 	 	11,969	 	
Net income	 	 	15,050	 	 	 	(3,100	)	 	 	11,950	 	
Earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	0.68	 	 	 	(0.14	)	 	 	0.54	 	
Diluted	 	 	0.67	 	 	 	(0.14	)	 	 	0.53	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Year ended January 2, 2009)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	18,559	 	 	$	(4,411	)	 	$	14,148	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	45,382	 	 	 	6,786	 	 	 	52,168	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	1,671	 	 	 	(2,375	)	 	 	(704	)	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	57,101	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	57,101	 	
(Year ended December 28, 2007)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	15,050	 	 	 	(3,100	)	 	 	11,950	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	25,842	 	 	 	4,769	 	 	 	30,611	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	(4,935	)	 	 	(1,669	)	 	 	(6,604	)	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	42,965	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	42,965	 	
 
 74 

Table of Contents
Derivative Financial Instruments — The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in its consolidated financial statements at fair value . Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are recorded in earnings unless hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company’s interest rate swap and foreign currency contracts outstanding as of January 1, 2010 are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded each period, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the related hedged transaction occurs. Any ineffective portion of the changes in fair value of these cash flow hedges is recorded in earnings. In the event the hedged cash flow does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the Company would reclassify the amount of any gain or loss on the related cash flow hedge to income (expense) at that time. Cash flows related to these derivative financial instruments are included in cash flows from operating activities.
Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. This occurs when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, the buyer is obligated to pay us (i.e., not contingent on a future event), the risk of loss is transferred, there is no obligation of future performance, collectability is reasonably assured and the amount of future returns can reasonably be estimated. With regards to the Company’s customers (including distributors), those criteria are met at the time of shipment when title passes. The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound and outbound freight are recorded in Cost of Sales. In certain instances the Company obtains component parts for sub-assemblies from its customers that are included in the final product. These amounts were excluded from Sales and Cost of Sales recognized by the Company. The cost of these customer supplied component parts amounted to $27.8 million, $35.1 million and $35.1 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Product Warranties — The Company allows customers to return defective or damaged products for credit, replacement, or exchange. The Company warrants that its products will meet customer specifications and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. The Company accrues its estimated exposure to warranty claims based upon recent historical experience and other specific information as it becomes available.
Research and Development and Engineering Costs — Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The primary costs are salary and benefits for personnel, material costs used in the development projects and subcontracting costs. Engineering costs are expensed as incurred. Cost reimbursements for engineering services from customers for whom the Company designs products are recorded as an offset to engineering costs upon achieving development milestones specified in the contracts.
Net research, development and engineering costs are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Research and development costs	 	$	17,707	 	 	$	18,750	 	 	$	16,141	 	

Engineering costs	 	 	26,438	 	 	 	22,447	 	 	 	18,929	 	
Less: cost reimbursements	 	 	(10,583	)	 	 	(9,753	)	 	 	(5,156	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Engineering costs, net	 	 	15,855	 	 	 	12,694	 	 	 	13,773	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total research, development and engineering costs, net	 	$	33,562	 	 	$	31,444	 	 	$	29,914	 	

 75 

Table of Contents
Purchased In-Process Research and Development (“IPR&D”) — The Company defines IPR&D as the value assigned to research and development projects acquired that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use. The Company believes a research and development project is not technically feasible until the related products have received regulatory approval. Prior to 2009, when the Company acquired another entity, the portion of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D was immediately expensed on the acquisition date. Beginning in 2009, the Company adopted a change in accounting which requires IPR&D projects acquired to be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset regardless of whether there is an alternative future use for the IPR&D. In future periods, the IPR&D intangible asset will be amortized or written-down depending on the outcome of the project similar to other indefinite-lived assets — See “Amortizing Intangible Assets” and “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.” As of January 1, 2010, the Company does not have any IPR&D intangible assets recorded on its balance sheet.
Determining the portion of the purchase price to allocate to IPR&D requires the Company to make significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPR&D is determined by estimating the future cash flows of each project and discounting the net cash flows back to their present values. The discount rate used is determined at the time of acquisition in accordance with accepted valuation methods. These methodologies include consideration of the risk of the project not achieving commercial feasibility.
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company records compensation costs related to stock-based awards granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. Compensation cost for service-based awards is recognized ratably over the applicable vesting period. Compensation cost for performance-based awards is reassessed each period and recognized based upon the probability that the performance targets will be achieved. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted. For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, the fair market value of the award is determined based upon the closing value of the Company’s stock price on the grant date. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The total expense recognized over the vesting period will only be for those awards that ultimately vest.
Foreign Currency Translation — The Company translates all assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries, where the U.S. dollar is not the functional currency, at the period-end exchange rate and translates income and expenses at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of this translation is recorded in the consolidated financial statements as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to permanent investments in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Net foreign currency transaction gains and losses included in other income/expense amounted to a gain of $0.7 million and $0.1 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, and a loss of $0.04 million for 2007.
Defined Benefit Pension Plans — The Company recognizes in its balance sheet as an asset or liability the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit pension plans provided to its employees located in Switzerland and France. This asset or liability is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation of those plans. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation, which is calculated based on actuarial computations of current and future benefits for employees. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period, but are not included as components of net periodic benefit expense, are recognized as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss). Pension expense is charged to operating expenses.
 
 76 

Table of Contents
Earnings (Loss) Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding for potential common shares, which consist of stock options, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units and contingently convertible instruments.
Holders of the Company’s convertible subordinated notes may convert them into shares of the Company’s common stock under certain circumstances — See Note 6 — “Debt.” The Company includes the effect of the conversion of these convertible notes in the calculation of diluted earnings per share using the if-converted method or the treasury method for instruments that may be settled in cash at the Company’s election and which the Company has the ability and intent to settle them in cash, as long as the effect is dilutive. For computation of earnings (loss) per share under conversion conditions, the number of diluted shares outstanding increases by the amount of shares that are potentially convertible during that period. Also, net income (loss) is adjusted for the calculation to add back interest expense on the convertible notes as well as unamortized discount and deferred financing fees amortization recorded during the period.
The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Numerator for basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) from continuing operations	 	$	(9,001	)	 	$	14,148	 	 	$	11,950	 	

Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding	 	 	22,926	 	 	 	22,525	 	 	 	22,152	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options and unvested restricted stock	 	 	—	 	 	 	336	 	 	 	270	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator for diluted earnings per share	 	 	22,926	 	 	 	22,861	 	 	 	22,422	 	

Basic earnings (loss) per share	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.63	 	 	$	0.54	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	 	$	(0.39	)	 	$	0.62	 	 	$	0.53	 	

 	 	 	The diluted weighted average share calculations do not include the following as they are not dilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculations or the respective performance criteria have not been met as of the reporting date:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Time-based equity awards	 	 	1,523,000	 	 	 	1,500,000	 	 	 	664,000	 	
Performance-based equity awards	 	 	1,026,000	 	 	 	515,000	 	 	 	287,000	 	
Convertible subordinated notes	 	 	756,000	 	 	 	1,267,000	 	 	 	2,027,000	 	
Comprehensive Income (Loss) — The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) includes net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, the net unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments available for sale, adjusted for any realized gains (losses), and defined benefit pension plan liability adjustments.
 
 77 

Table of Contents
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Defined	 	 	 	 	 	 	Foreign	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	benefit	 	 	 	 	 	 	currency	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	pension plan	 	 	Cash flow	 	 	translation	 	 	Total pre-tax	 	 	 	 	 	 	Net-of tax-	 	
 	 	liability	 	 	hedges	 	 	adjustment	 	 	amount	 	 	Tax amount	 	 	amount	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 2, 2009	 	$	(2,513	)	 	$	(1,394	)	 	$	(228	)	 	$	(4,135	)	 	$	1,059	 	 	$	(3,076	)	
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges	 	 	—	 	 	 	(307	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(307	)	 	 	107	 	 	 	(200	)	
Net pension liability adjustments	 	 	1,058	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,058	 	 	 	(196	)	 	 	862	 	
Net foreign currency translation gain	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,562	 	 	 	4,562	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,562	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	$	(1,455	)	 	$	(1,701	)	 	$	4,334	 	 	$	1,178	 	 	$	970	 	 	$	2,148	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental Cash Flow Information (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Cash paid during the year for:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest	 	$	9,234	 	 	$	10,021	 	 	$	5,325	 	
Income taxes	 	 	4,473	 	 	 	3,811	 	 	 	17,341	 	
Noncash investing and financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net	 	$	(200	)	 	$	(906	)	 	$	—	 	
Common stock contributed to 401(k) Plan	 	 	4,015	 	 	 	3,472	 	 	 	2,956	 	
Property, plant and equipment purchases included in accounts payable	 	 	1,259	 	 	 	2,762	 	 	 	3,307	 	
Unsettled purchase of treasury stock	 	 	632	 	 	 	741	 	 	 	140	 	
Exchange of convertible subordinated notes	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	117,782	 	
Shares issued in connection with business acquisition	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,473	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition of non-cash assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets acquired	 	$	—	 	 	$	169,508	 	 	$	209,946	 	
Liabilities assumed	 	 	—	 	 	 	58,693	 	 	 	20,395	 	
Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In the normal course of business, Management evaluates all new accounting pronouncements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) or other authoritative accounting body to determine the potential impact they may have on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Based upon this review, other than as discussed below, Management does not expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements, which have not already been adopted, to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 78 

Table of Contents
In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to the consolidation guidance in ASC 810-10 applicable to variable interest entities which affects the overall consolidation analysis. These amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company is currently assessing the impact of these amendments on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

2.	 	INVENTORIES	
Inventories are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Raw material	 	$	54,002	 	 	$	58,352	 	
Work-in-process	 	 	28,329	 	 	 	28,851	 	
Finished goods	 	 	24,278	 	 	 	25,101	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	106,609	 	 	$	112,304	 	

3.	 	PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT	
Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Manufacturing machinery and equipment	 	$	125,524	 	 	$	109,911	 	
Buildings and building improvements	 	 	68,489	 	 	 	68,346	 	
Information technology hardware and software	 	 	32,472	 	 	 	27,558	 	
Leasehold improvements	 	 	17,277	 	 	 	17,031	 	
Furniture and fixtures	 	 	10,259	 	 	 	9,488	 	
Land and land improvements	 	 	10,175	 	 	 	11,671	 	
Construction work in process	 	 	7,696	 	 	 	17,452	 	
Other	 	 	790	 	 	 	662	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	272,682	 	 	 	262,119	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(119,081	)	 	 	(95,451	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	153,601	 	 	$	166,668	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $27.1 million, $25.5 million and $16.4 million, respectively.
 
 79 

Table of Contents

4.	 	INTANGIBLE ASSETS	
Amortizing intangible assets are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	 	 	 	 	Foreign	 	 	 	 	
 	 	carrying	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	currency	 	 	Net carrying	 	
 	 	amount	 	 	amortization	 	 	translation	 	 	amount	 	
January 1, 2010	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchased technology and patents	 	$	82,673	 	 	$	(42,289	)	 	$	399	 	 	$	40,783	 	
Customer lists	 	 	46,818	 	 	 	(7,264	)	 	 	612	 	 	 	40,166	 	
Other	 	 	3,519	 	 	 	(2,410	)	 	 	18	 	 	 	1,127	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total amortizing intangible assets	 	$	133,010	 	 	$	(51,963	)	 	$	1,029	 	 	$	82,076	 	

January 2, 2009	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchased technology and patents	 	$	81,639	 	 	$	(35,881	)	 	$	184	 	 	$	45,942	 	
Customer lists	 	 	46,547	 	 	 	(4,056	)	 	 	271	 	 	 	42,762	 	
Other	 	 	3,508	 	 	 	(1,964	)	 	 	11	 	 	 	1,555	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total amortizing intangible assets	 	$	131,694	 	 	$	(41,901	)	 	$	466	 	 	$	90,259	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible amortization expense was $10.1 million, $10.7 million and $5.6 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. All intangible amortization expense is included in Cost of Sales except for amortization primarily related to the Company’s customer lists, which totaled $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $1.0 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively, and is included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Annual intangible amortization expense is estimated to be $9.6 million for 2010, $9.5 million for 2011, $9.4 million for 2012, $8.6 million for 2013 and $7.9 million for 2014.
The change in trademarks and tradenames during 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 2, 2009	 	$	36,130	 	
Write-down	 	 	(15,921	)	
Foreign currency translation	 	 	79	 	
 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	$	20,288	 	
 	 	 	 	
As a result of the successful rebranding of the Company’s IMC segment to Greatbatch Medical, during the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company wrote-down its non-Greatbatch trademarks and tradenames by $15.9 million. This charge was recorded based upon the Company’s decision to discontinue use of the associated tradenames and the Company’s determination that there would be no market participants willing to purchase the previously acquired tradenames. In addition to the above, the Company incurred expense of $0.7 million in 2009 related to its rebranding initiative, which includes additional advertising costs, and is included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.
The change in goodwill during 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Greatbatch	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Medical	 	 	Electrochem	 	 	Total	 	
Balance at January 2, 2009	 	$	292,278	 	 	$	9,943	 	 	$	302,221	 	
Foreign currency translation	 	 	1,705	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,705	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	$	293,983	 	 	$	9,943	 	 	$	303,926	 	

 	 	 	As of January 1, 2010, no accumulated impairment loss has been recognized for the goodwill allocated to the Company’s Greatbatch Medical or Electrochem segments.	
 
 80 

Table of Contents

5.	 	ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES	
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Litigation accrual	 	$	36,000	 	 	$	1,500	 	
Salaries and benefits	 	 	12,605	 	 	 	11,757	 	
Profit sharing and bonuses	 	 	9,544	 	 	 	14,860	 	
Warranty	 	 	1,330	 	 	 	1,395	 	
Other	 	 	8,517	 	 	 	10,985	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	67,996	 	 	$	40,497	 	

6.	 	DEBT	
Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Revolving line of credit	 	$	98,000	 	 	$	132,000	 	
2.25% convertible subordinated notes I, due 2013	 	 	30,450	 	 	 	30,450	 	
2.25% convertible subordinated notes II, due 2013	 	 	197,782	 	 	 	197,782	 	
Unamortized discount	 	 	(36,810	)	 	 	(45,848	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	 	 	289,422	 	 	 	314,384	 	
Less: current portion	 	 	(30,450	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total long-term debt	 	$	258,972	 	 	$	314,384	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revolving Line of Credit — The Company has a senior credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) consisting of a $235 million revolving credit facility, which can be increased to $335 million upon the Company’s request and approval by a majority of the lenders. The Credit Facility also contains a $15 million letter of credit subfacility and a $15 million swingline subfacility. In connection with the Electrochem Litigation described in Note 11 the Company was required to bond the amount of the judgment and statutory interest in order to appeal. The Company satisfied this requirement by posting a bond, which required collateralization. The Company received approval from the lenders supporting the Credit Facility to increase the letter of credit subfacility by $35 million for use only in connection with bonding the appeal of the Electrochem Litigation.
The Credit Facility is secured by the Company’s non-realty assets including cash, accounts receivable and inventories, and has an expiration date of May 22, 2012 with a one-time option to extend to April 1, 2013 if no default has occurred. Interest rates under the Credit Facility are, at the Company’s option, based upon the current prime rate or the LIBOR rate plus a margin that varies with the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement. If interest is paid based upon the prime rate, the applicable margin is between minus 1.25% and 0.00%. If interest is paid based upon the LIBOR rate, the applicable margin is between 1.00% and 2.00%. The Company is required to pay a fee on its outstanding letter of credit equal to a margin between 1.00% and 2.00%, depending on the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, plus 0.125%. The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee between 0.125% and 0.250% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility based on the Company’s leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement.
 
 81 

Table of Contents
The Credit Facility contains limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, limitations on the incurrence of liens and licensing of intellectual property, limitations on investments and restrictions on certain payments. Except to the extent paid by the issuance of common stock of Greatbatch or paid out of cash on hand, the Credit Facility limits the amount paid for acquisitions in total to $100 million. The restrictions on payments, among other things, limit repurchase of Greatbatch stock to $60 million and limit the ability of the Company to make cash payments upon conversion of CSN II. These limitations can be waived upon the Company’s request and approval of a simple majority of the lenders.
The Credit Facility also requires the Company to maintain a ratio of adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement, to interest expense of at least 3.00 to 1.00, and a total leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, of not greater than 4.50 to 1.00. The calculation of adjusted EBITDA and leverage ratio exclude certain “extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring” expenses and non-cash charges such as facility shutdown and consolidation costs (subject to certain limits as defined in the agreement), as well as charges up to $35 million in connection with the Electrochem Litigation. As of January 1, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all required covenants.
The Credit Facility contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, a majority of the lenders may declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable.
The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the Company’s revolving line of credit as of January 1, 2010, which does not include the impact of the interest rate swaps described below, was 2.0% and resets based upon the six-month LIBOR rate. As of January 1, 2010, the Company had $114 million available under the Credit Facility. This amount may vary from period to period based upon the debt levels of the Company as well as the level of EBITDA which impacts the covenant calculations described above. The interest rate on the $23 million letter of credit outstanding as of January 1, 2010 was 1.125%.
Interest Rate Swaps — The Company has entered into three receive floating-pay fixed interest rate swaps indexed to the six-month LIBOR rate. The objective of these swaps is to hedge against potential changes in cash flows on the Company’s outstanding revolving line of credit, which is indexed to the six-month LIBOR rate. No credit risk was hedged. The receive variable leg of the swap and the variable rate paid on the revolving line of credit bear the same rate of interest, excluding the credit spread, and reset and pay interest on the same dates. The Company intends to continue electing the six-month LIBOR as the benchmark interest rate on the debt being hedged. If the Company repays the debt, it intends to replace the hedged item with similarly indexed forecasted cash flows. Information regarding the Company’s outstanding interest rate swaps is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Current	 	 	Fair	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Pay	 	 	receive	 	 	value	 	 	Balance	 	
 	 	Type of	 	 	Notional	 	 	Start	 	 	End	 	 	fixed	 	 	floating	 	 	January 1,	 	 	sheet	 	
Instrument	 	hedge	 	amount	 	 	date	 	 	date	 	 	rate	 	 	rate	 	 	2010	 	 	location	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	$	80,000	 	 	 	3/5/2008	 	 	 	7/7/2010	 	 	 	3.09	%	 	 	1.08	%	 	$	(1,073	)	 	Other Current Liabilities	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	 	18,000	 	 	 	12/18/2008	 	 	 	12/18/2010	 	 	 	2.00	%	 	 	0.45	%	 	 	(217	)	 	Other Current Liabilities	
Int. rate swap	 	Cash flow	 	 	50,000	 	 	 	7/7/2010	 	 	 	7/7/2011	 	 	 	2.16	%	 	6M LIBOR	 	 	 	(322	)	 	Other Long-Term Liabilities	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	$	148,000	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2.64	%	 	 	 	 	 	$	(1,612	)	 	 	 	 	

 82 

Table of Contents
The estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreements represents the amount the Company would have to pay to terminate the contracts. No portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps during 2009 was considered ineffective. The amount recorded as Interest Expense related to the interest rate swaps was $1.4 million (Expense) and $0.4 million (Income) during 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Convertible Subordinated Notes — In May 2003, the Company completed a private placement of $170 million of 2.25% convertible subordinated notes, due June 15, 2013 (“CSN I”). In March 2007, the Company entered into separate, privately negotiated agreements to exchange $117.8 million of CSN I for an equivalent principal amount of a new series of 2.25% convertible subordinated notes due 2013 (“CSN II”) (collectively the “Exchange”) at a 5% discount. The primary purpose of the Exchange was to eliminate the June 15, 2010 call and put option that is included in the terms of CSN I. In connection with the Exchange, the Company issued an additional $80 million aggregate principal amount of CSN II at a price of $950 per $1,000 of principal. In December 2008, the Company entered into privately negotiated agreements under which it repurchased $21.8 million in aggregate principal amount of its outstanding CSN I at $845.38 per $1,000 of principal. The primary purpose of this transaction was to retire the notes, which contained a put option exercisable on June 15, 2010, at a discount.
The following is a summary of the significant terms of CSN I and CSN II:
CSN I — The notes bear interest at 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually, and are due on June 15, 2013. Holders may convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $40.29 per share, which is equivalent to a conversion ratio of 24.8219 shares per $1,000 of principal, subject to adjustment, before the close of business on June 15, 2013 only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter commencing after July 4, 2003, if the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 120% of the $40.29 conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter; (2) subject to certain exceptions, during the five business days after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 of principal for each day of such period was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of $1,000 of principal; (3) if the notes have been called for redemption; or (4) upon the occurrence of certain corporate events. The fair value of CSN I as of January 1, 2010 was approximately $30 million and is based on recent sales prices.
Beginning June 20, 2010, the Company may redeem any of the notes at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. Note holders may require the Company to repurchase their notes on June 15, 2010 or at any time prior to their maturity following a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture agreement, at a repurchase price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. As a result of this provision, beginning in the second quarter of 2009 the remaining balance of CSN I, along with the associated deferred tax liability and deferred fees, were classified as short-term in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be repaid with availability under the Company’s revolving line of credit or cash on hand. The notes are subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all debts and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.
Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing June 15, 2010, the Company will pay additional contingent interest during any six-month interest period if the trading price of the notes for each of the five trading days immediately preceding the first day of the interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the notes.
 
 83 

Table of Contents
CSN II — The notes bear interest at 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually, and are due on June 15, 2013. The holders may convert the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $34.70 per share, which is equivalent to a conversion ratio of 28.8219 shares per $1,000 of principal. The conversion price and the conversion ratio will adjust automatically upon certain changes to the Company’s capitalization. CSN II notes were issued at a price of $950 per $1,000 of principal.
The fair value of CSN II as of January 1, 2010 was approximately $169 million and is based on recent sales prices.
The effective interest rate of CSN II, which takes into consideration the amortization of the original discount, deferred fees related to the issuance of these notes and the discount recognized under the new accounting for convertible debt (See Note 1), is 8.5%. The discount on CSN II is being amortized to the maturity date of the convertible notes utilizing the effective interest method. As of January 1, 2010, the carrying amount of the discount related to the convertible debt equity component was $31.0 million. As of January 1, 2010, the if-converted value of CSN II notes does not exceed its principal amount as the Company’s closing stock price of $19.23 did not exceed the conversion price of $34.70 per share.
The contractual interest and discount amortization for CSN II were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Contractual interest	 	$	4,450	 	 	$	4,450	 	 	$	3,360	 	
Discount amortization	 	 	9,038	 	 	 	8,461	 	 	 	5,990	 	
The notes are convertible at the option of the holders at such time as: (i) the closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeds 150% of the conversion price of the notes for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days; (ii) the trading price per $1,000 of principal is less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of common stock for each day during any five consecutive trading day period and the conversion rate per $1,000 of principal; (iii) the notes have been called for redemption; (iv) the Company distributes to all holders of common stock rights or warrants entitling them to purchase additional shares of common stock at less than the average closing price of common stock for the ten trading days immediately preceding the announcement of the distribution; (v) the Company distributes to all holders of common stock any form of dividend which has a per share value exceeding 5% of the price of the common stock on the day prior to such date of distribution; (vi) the Company affects a consolidation, merger, share exchange or sale of assets pursuant to which its common stock is converted to cash or other property; (vii) the period beginning 60 days prior to but excluding June 15, 2013; and (viii) certain fundamental changes, as defined in the indenture agreement, occur or are approved by the Board of Directors.
Conversions in connection with corporate transactions that constitute a fundamental change require the Company to pay a premium make-whole amount, based upon a predetermined table as set forth in the indenture agreement, whereby the conversion ratio on the notes may be increased by up to 8.2 shares per $1,000 of principal. The premium make-whole amount will be paid in shares of common stock upon any such conversion, subject to the net share settlement feature of the notes described below.
CSN II contains a net share settlement feature that requires the Company to pay cash for each $1,000 of principal to be converted. Any amounts in excess of $1,000 will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, or at the Company’s option, cash. The Company has a one-time irrevocable election to pay the holders in shares of its common stock, which it currently does not plan to exercise.
 
 84 

Table of Contents
The notes are redeemable by the Company at any time on or after June 20, 2012, or at the option of a holder upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, as defined in the agreement, affecting the Company. The notes are subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all debts and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.
Deferred Financing Fees — The following is a reconciliation of deferred financing fees for 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	
Previously reported balance at December 28, 2007	 	$	6,411	 	
Change in accounting for convertible debt	 	 	(1,083	)	
 	 	 	 	
Retroactively adjusted amounts	 	 	5,328	 	
Financing costs deferred	 	 	14	 	
Written-off during the year	 	 	(124	)	
Amortization during the year	 	 	(1,122	)	
 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 2, 2009	 	 	4,096	 	
Amortization during the year	 	 	(1,068	)	
 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 1, 2010	 	$	3,028	 	

7.	 	EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS	
Savings Plan — The Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of its U.S. based employees. The plan provides for the deferral of employee compensation under Section 401(k) and a discretionary Company match. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, this match was $0.35 per dollar of participant deferral, up to 6% of the total compensation for each participant. Net costs related to this defined contribution plan were $1.5 million in 2009, $1.5 million in 2008 and $1.0 million in 2007.
In addition to the above, under the terms of the 401(k) plan document there is an annual discretionary defined contribution for substantially all U.S. based employees equal to five percent of each employee’s eligible compensation. This amount is contributed to the 401(k) plan in the form of Company stock. Compensation cost recognized related to the defined contribution was $4.4 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2007. No discretionary contribution was made for 2009 as the Company did not meet its performance objectives for the year. As of January 1, 2010, the 401(k) Plan held 687,337 shares of Company stock.
Pension Plans — The Company is required to provide its employees located in Switzerland and France certain defined pension benefits. Under these plans, benefits accrue to employees based upon years of service, position, age and compensation. The defined benefit pension plan that provides benefits to the Company’s employees located in Switzerland is a funded contributory plan while the pension plan that provides benefits to the Company’s employees located in France is unfunded and noncontributory.
 
 85 

Table of Contents
Information relating to the funding position of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans as of the plans measurement date of January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Change in projected benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	13,439	 	 	$	—	 	
Projected benefit obligation acquired	 	 	—	 	 	 	14,017	 	
Service cost	 	 	891	 	 	 	679	 	
Interest cost	 	 	407	 	 	 	480	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	839	 	 	 	873	 	
Actuarial (gain) loss	 	 	(467	)	 	 	446	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(1,434	)	 	 	(1,317	)	
Settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,941	)	
Foreign currency translation	 	 	619	 	 	 	202	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation at end of year	 	 	14,294	 	 	 	13,439	 	

Change in fair value of plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	 	7,454	 	 	 	—	 	
Plan assets acquired	 	 	—	 	 	 	10,484	 	
Employer contributions	 	 	2,283	 	 	 	922	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	839	 	 	 	873	 	
Actual gain (loss) on plan assets	 	 	701	 	 	 	(2,013	)	
Benefits paid	 	 	(1,415	)	 	 	(1,292	)	
Settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,718	)	
Foreign currency translation	 	 	458	 	 	 	198	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	 	10,320	 	 	 	7,454	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at end of year	 	$	3,974	 	 	$	5,985	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension liability classified as other current assets	 	$	15	 	 	$	12	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension liability classified as long-term liabilities	 	$	3,959	 	 	$	5,973	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year	 	$	12,877	 	 	$	12,128	 	

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (gain) loss:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (gain) loss occurring during the year	 	 	(850	)	 	$	2,886	 	
Amortization of gains (losses)	 	 	(129	)	 	 	4	 	
Net gain on settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	(152	)	
Foreign currency translation	 	 	(79	)	 	 	(225	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pre-tax adjustment	 	 	(1,058	)	 	 	2,513	 	
Taxes	 	 	196	 	 	 	(571	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (gain) loss	 	$	(862	)	 	$	1,942	 	

 86 

Table of Contents
Net pension cost is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Service cost	 	$	891	 	 	$	679	 	
Interest cost	 	 	407	 	 	 	480	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(318	)	 	 	(427	)	
Settlements	 	 	—	 	 	 	152	 	
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss	 	 	129	 	 	 	(4	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net pension cost	 	$	1,109	 	 	$	880	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Discount rate	 	 	3.0	%	 	 	3.0	%	
Salary growth	 	 	2.5	%	 	 	2.5	%	
Expected rate of return on plan assets	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	4.0	%	
Long-term inflation rate	 	 	1.5	%	 	 	1.5	%	
The discount rate used is based on the yields of foreign government bonds with a duration matching the duration of the liabilities plus approximately 50 basis points to reflect the risk of investing in corporate bonds. The expected rate of return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Rates of return were adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations. Equity securities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn a return in the range of 7% to 8% and 2.5% to 4.5%, respectively. When these overall return expectations are applied to the pension plan’s target allocation, the expected rate of return is determined to be 4.0%.
The weighted average target and actual pension fund asset allocation as of the valuation date was as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	2009	 	
 	 	Target	 	 	Actual	 	
Asset Category:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed income	 	 	60	%	 	 	51	%	
Equity	 	 	25	%	 	 	33	%	
Real-estate	 	 	5	%	 	 	6	%	
Cash	 	 	5	%	 	 	8	%	
Other	 	 	5	%	 	 	2	%	

 	 	 	100	%	 	 	100	%	

 87 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	The target allocation is consistent with the Company’s goal of diversifying the pension plans assets in order to preserve capital while achieving investment results that will contribute to the proper funding of pension obligations and cash flow requirements.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Fair value measurements using	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Significant	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Quoted prices in	 	 	other	 	 	Significant	 	
 	 	At	 	 	active markets for	 	 	observable	 	 	unobservable	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	identical assets	 	 	inputs	 	 	inputs	 	
Description	 	2010	 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Cash	 	$	830	 	 	$	830	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
Equity securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. companies	 	 	430	 	 	 	430	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
International companies	 	 	2,444	 	 	 	2,444	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Emerging markets	 	 	496	 	 	 	496	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Fixed income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Government & government agencies	 	 	2,521	 	 	 	2,521	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Corporate	 	 	2,064	 	 	 	1,847	 	 	 	217	 	 	 	—	 	
Convertible	 	 	217	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	217	 	 	 	—	 	
Insurance contracts	 	 	424	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	424	 	 	 	—	 	
Real-estate	 	 	642	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	642	 	 	 	—	 	
Other	 	 	252	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	252	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	10,320	 	 	$	8,568	 	 	$	1,752	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The fair value of Level 1 pension assets are obtained by reference to the last quoted price of the respective security on the market which it trades. The fair value of Level 2 pension assets are obtained from valuation models with observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data.
Estimated pension benefit payments over the next ten years are as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	848	 	
2011	 	 	949	 	
2012	 	 	1,083	 	
2013	 	 	1,189	 	
2014	 	 	1,160	 	
2015-2019	 	 	6,181	 	
Education Assistance Program — The Company reimburses tuition, textbooks and laboratory fees for college or other job related programs for all of its U.S. based employees. The Company also reimburses college tuition for the dependent children of its full-time U.S. based employees, which vests on a straight-line basis over ten years, up to the applicable local state university tuition rate. For certain employees and executives, the dependent children benefit is not limited. Minimum academic achievement is required in order to receive reimbursement under both programs. Aggregate expenses under the programs were approximately $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

8.	 	STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION	
Compensation costs related to stock-based payments totaled $5.2 million, $6.8 million and $5.7 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Of these amounts, $4.4 million, $5.7 million and $4.5 million were included in Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, respectively. The remaining stock-based compensation expense is primarily included in Cost of Sales. During 2009, the Company reversed $2.6 million of previously recorded compensation expense related to performance based stock options as it was no longer probable that the performance metrics would be achieved on these awards. Stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows includes costs recognized for stock-based awards and the annual stock contribution to the Company’s 401(k) Plan. See Note 7 — “Employee Benefit Plans.”
 
 88 

Table of Contents
Summary of Plans
The Company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) authorized the issuance of up to 480,000 shares of nonqualified and incentive stock options to purchase the Company’s common stock, subject to the terms of the plan. The 1997 Plan has been frozen to any new stock option issuances.
The Company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (“1998 Plan”) authorized the issuance of up to 1,220,000 shares of nonqualified and incentive stock options to purchase the Company’s common stock, subject to the terms of the plan. The 1998 Plan has been frozen to any new stock option issuances.
The Company’s 2002 Restricted Stock Plan (“2002 Plan”) authorized the issuance of stock awards to employees. The number of shares that were reserved for issuance under the plan could not exceed 200,000. The 2002 Plan has been frozen to any new stock award issuances.
The Company has a stock option plan that provides for the issuance of nonqualified stock options to Non-Employee Directors (“Director Plan”). The Director Plan authorized the issuance of up to 100,000 shares of nonqualified stock options to purchase the Company’s common stock. The Director Plan has been frozen to any new stock option issuances.
The Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”), as amended, authorizes the issuance of up to 2,450,000 shares of equity incentive awards including nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan has a sub-limit that limits the amount of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock bonuses that may be awarded in the aggregate to 850,000 shares of the 2,450,000 shares authorized by the 2005 Plan.
The Company’s 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (“2009 Plan”) authorizes the issuance of up to 1,350,000 shares of equity incentive awards including nonqualified and incentive stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan has a sub-limit that limits the amount of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock bonuses that may be awarded in the aggregate to 200,000 shares of the 1,350,000 shares authorized.
As of January 1, 2010, 1,052,731 and 353,962 shares were available for future grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses under the 2009 Plan and 2005 Plan, respectively. Due to the respective plans sub-limits, of the shares available for grant only 200,000 and 353,962 shares may be issued under the 2009 Plan and the 2005 Plan, respectively, in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses.
Stock Options
Stock options granted generally vest over a four year period. Stock options expire 10 years from the date of grant. Stock options are granted at exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Performance-based stock options only vest if certain performance metrics are achieved. The performance metrics generally cover a three-year performance period beginning in the year of grant and include the achievement of revenue, adjusted operating earnings and adjusted operating cash flow targets.
 
 89 

Table of Contents
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. Management is required to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs, including anticipated changes in the underlying stock price (i.e. expected volatility) and option exercise activity (i.e. expected life). Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the stock options. The expected life of options granted, which represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding, is based on historical data. The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for a period commensurate with the estimated expected life. If factors change and result in different assumptions, the stock option expense that the Company records for future grants may differ significantly from what the Company recorded in the current period. Stock-based compensation expense is only recorded for those awards that are expected to vest. Pre-vesting forfeiture estimates for determining appropriate stock-based compensation expense are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience. Revisions are made to those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures. For retirement eligible employees, whose awards immediately vest, a 0% forfeiture rate is used.
The weighted-average fair value and assumptions used are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Weighted-average fair value	 	$	8.63	 	 	$	8.38	 	 	$	11.84	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	2.03	%	 	 	2.91	%	 	 	4.52	%	
Expected volatility	 	 	39	%	 	 	39	%	 	 	40	%	
Expected life (in years)	 	 	5.6	 	 	 	5.2	 	 	 	5.3	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	 	0	%	 	 	0	%	 	 	0	%	
Pre-vesting forfeiture rate	 	 	9	%	 	 	9	%	 	 	9	%	
 
 90 

Table of Contents
The following tables summarize stock option activity:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Number of	 	 	average	 	 	remaining	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	time-vested	 	 	exercise	 	 	contractual life	 	 	intrinsic value	 	
 	 	stock options	 	 	price	 	 	(in years)	 	 	(in millions)	 	
Outstanding at December 29, 2006	 	 	1,285,658	 	 	$	24.64	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	230,477	 	 	 	25.11	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	 	(138,667	)	 	 	19.04	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(76,301	)	 	 	29.32	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at December 28, 2007	 	 	1,301,167	 	 	 	25.04	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	452,964	 	 	 	20.21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	 	(131,100	)	 	 	16.85	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(124,737	)	 	 	25.21	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at January 2, 2009	 	 	1,498,294	 	 	 	24.28	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	243,920	 	 	 	26.53	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	 	(13,736	)	 	 	15.45	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(366,355	)	 	 	27.27	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at January 1, 2010	 	 	1,362,123	 	 	$	23.94	 	 	 	6.8	 	 	$	0.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expected to Vest at January 1, 2010	 	 	1,312,036	 	 	$	23.94	 	 	 	6.7	 	 	$	0.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercisable at January 1, 2010	 	 	1,018,212	 	 	$	24.03	 	 	 	6.3	 	 	$	0.3	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Number of	 	 	Weighted	 	 	average	 	 	 	 	
 	 	performance-	 	 	average	 	 	remaining	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	vested stock	 	 	exercise	 	 	contractual life	 	 	intrinsic value	 	
 	 	options	 	 	price	 	 	(in years)	 	 	(in millions)	 	
Outstanding at December 29, 2006	 	 	340,871	 	 	$	22.98	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	146,231	 	 	 	29.65	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	 	(2,635	)	 	 	22.38	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(41,612	)	 	 	24.17	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at December 28, 2007	 	 	442,855	 	 	 	25.08	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	417,888	 	 	 	21.88	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(62,179	)	 	 	22.24	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at January 2, 2009	 	 	798,564	 	 	 	23.62	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	310,407	 	 	 	26.53	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or Expired	 	 	(106,987	)	 	 	24.00	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Outstanding at January 1, 2010	 	 	1,001,984	 	 	$	24.48	 	 	 	8.1	 	 	$	0.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expected to Vest at January 1, 2010	 	 	574,001	 	 	$	24.33	 	 	 	7.9	 	 	$	0.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercisable at January 1, 2010	 	 	222,199	 	 	$	22.87	 	 	 	6.1	 	 	$	0.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intrinsic value is calculated for in-the-money options (exercise price less than market price) outstanding and/or exercisable as the difference between the market price of our common shares as of January 1, 2010 ($19.23) and the weighted average exercise price of the underlying options, multiplied by the number of options outstanding and/or exercisable.
As of January 1, 2010, $4.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years. Shares are distributed from the Company’s authorized but unissued reserve upon the exercise of stock options or treasury stock if available. The Company does not intend to purchase treasury shares to fund the future exercises of stock options.
 
 91 

Table of Contents
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options are credited to common stock at par value and the excess is credited to additional paid-in capital. A portion of the options outstanding qualify as incentive stock options (“ISO”) for income tax purposes. As such, a tax benefit is not recorded at the time the compensation cost related to the stock options is recorded for book purposes due to the fact that an ISO does not ordinarily result in a tax benefit unless there is a disqualifying disposition. Stock option grants of non-qualified stock options result in the creation of a deferred tax asset, which is a temporary difference, until the time that the option is exercised. The following table provides certain information relating to the exercise of stock options (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Intrinsic value	 	$	80	 	 	$	974	 	 	$	1,338	 	
Cash received	 	 	212	 	 	 	2,210	 	 	 	2,699	 	
Tax benefit realized	 	 	24	 	 	 	313	 	 	 	292	 	
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Time-vested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards granted typically vest 50% on the second fiscal year-end from the date of the award and 25% on the third and fourth fiscal year-ends from the date of the award. Performance-vested restricted stock vests upon the achievement of certain annual diluted earnings per share targets by the Company, or the seventh anniversary date of the award. The following table summarizes restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity related to the Company’s plans:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted average	 	
 	 	Activity	 	 	fair value	 	
Nonvested at December 29, 2006	 	 	204,156	 	 	$	23.32	 	
Shares granted (1)	 	 	122,031	 	 	 	27.17	 	
Shares vested	 	 	(36,435	)	 	 	23.56	 	
Shares forfeited	 	 	(7,618	)	 	 	23.30	 	

Nonvested at December 28, 2007	 	 	282,134	 	 	 	24.96	 	
Shares granted	 	 	142,441	 	 	 	20.08	 	
Shares vested	 	 	(194,269	)	 	 	24.04	 	
Shares forfeited	 	 	(22,541	)	 	 	21.39	 	

Nonvested at January 2, 2009	 	 	207,765	 	 	 	22.86	 	
Shares granted	 	 	100,358	 	 	 	26.17	 	
Shares vested	 	 	(104,412	)	 	 	23.79	 	
Shares forfeited	 	 	(18,713	)	 	 	23.49	 	

Nonvested at January 1, 2010 (1)	 	 	184,998	 	 	$	24.06	 	

(1)	 	Includes 24,000 performance-vested restricted stock with a weighted average grant date fair value of $23.07 per share.	
The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The realized tax benefit (expense) from the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units was ($0.1 million), $0.04 million and $0.03 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of January 1, 2010, there was $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2 years.
 
 92 

Table of Contents

9.	 	OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES, NET	
Other operating expenses, net are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
(a) 2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	$	—	 	 	$	663	 	 	$	4,697	 	
(b) 2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations	 	 	7,069	 	 	 	8,347	 	 	 	531	 	
(c) Integration costs	 	 	3,077	 	 	 	5,369	 	 	 	—	 	
(d) Asset dispositions and other	 	 	948	 	 	 	199	 	 	 	96	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	11,094	 	 	$	14,578	 	 	$	5,324	 	

(a)	 	2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations. Beginning in the first quarter of 2005 and ending in the second quarter of 2006 the Company consolidated its medical capacitor manufacturing operations in Cheektowaga, NY, and its implantable medical battery manufacturing operations in Clarence, NY, into its advanced power source manufacturing facility in Alden, NY (“Alden Facility”). The Company also consolidated its capacitor research, development and engineering operations from its Cheektowaga, NY facility into its technology center in Clarence, NY.	
In the first quarter of 2005, the Company announced its intent to close its Carson City, NV facility and consolidate the work performed at that facility into its Tijuana, Mexico facility. That consolidation project was completed in the third quarter of 2007.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company announced its intent to close its Columbia, MD facility (“Columbia Facility”) and Fremont, CA Advanced Research Laboratory (“ARL”). The Company also announced that the manufacturing operations at its Columbia Facility would be moved into its Tijuana Facility and that the research, development and engineering and product development functions at its Columbia Facility and at ARL would relocate to its technology center in Clarence, NY. The ARL portion of this consolidation project was completed in the fourth quarter of 2006. The Columbia Facility portion of this consolidation project was completed in the third quarter of 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company completed a plan for consolidating its corporate and business unit organization structure. A significant portion of the annual savings from this initiative was reinvested into research and development activities and business growth opportunities.
The total cost of these projects was $24.7 million, which was incurred from 2005 to 2008, and consisted of the following:

 	•	 	Severance and retention — $7.4 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation — $4.6 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs — $1.1 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Personnel — $8.4 million; and	
 		
 	•	 	Other — $3.2 million.	
 
 93 

Table of Contents

All categories of costs were considered to be cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs. Approximately $23.6 million of these expenses for the facility shutdowns and consolidations were included in the Greatbatch Medical business segment, $0.1 million in the Electrochem segment and $1.0 million was recorded in unallocated operating expenses. No costs related to these projects were incurred during 2009 as consolidations were complete and all payments have been made. Accrued liabilities related to the 2005 & 2006 facility shutdowns and consolidations are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Production	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	inefficiencies,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Severance and	 	 	moving and	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	retention	 	 	revalidation	 	 	Personnel	 	 	Other	 	 	Total	 	
Balance, December 28, 2007	 	$	2,150	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	2,150	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	159	 	 	 	42	 	 	 	184	 	 	 	278	 	 	 	663	 	
Cash payments	 	 	(2,234	)	 	 	(42	)	 	 	(184	)	 	 	(278	)	 	 	(2,738	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 2, 2009	 	$	75	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	75	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments	 	 	(75	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(75	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2010	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	

 	 	 	
(b)	 	2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations. In the first quarter of 2007, the Company announced that it would close its Electrochem manufacturing facility in Canton, MA and construct a new 81,000 square foot replacement facility in Raynham, MA. This initiative was not cost savings driven but capacity driven and was completed in the first quarter of 2009.	
In the second quarter of 2007, the Company announced that it would consolidate its corporate offices in Clarence, NY into its existing research and development center also in Clarence, NY after an expansion of that facility was complete. This expansion and relocation was completed in the third quarter of 2008.
During the second and third quarters of 2008, the Company reorganized and consolidated various general and administrative and research and development functions throughout the organization in order to optimize those resources with the businesses it acquired in 2007 and 2008.
In the second half of 2008, the Company ceased manufacturing at its facility in Suzhou, China (Electrochem), closed its leased manufacturing facility in Orchard Park, NY (Electrochem), and consolidated its Saignelegier, Switzerland manufacturing facility (Orthopaedics). The operations of these facilities were relocated to existing facilities that had excess capacity.
In the fourth quarter of 2008, management approved a plan for the consolidation of its Teterboro, NJ (Electrochem manufacturing), Blaine, Minnesota (Vascular Access manufacturing) and Exton, Pennsylvania (Orthopaedics corporate office) facilities into existing facilities that had excess capacity. The Blaine, MN and Exton, PA consolidations were completed in the second quarter of 2009. The Teterboro, NJ initiative was completed in the fourth quarter of 2009.
The total cost incurred for these facility shutdowns and consolidations was $16.0 million and included the following:

 	•	 	Severance and retention — $4.5 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Production inefficiencies, moving and revalidation — $5.0 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs — $4.2 million;	
 		
 	•	 	Personnel — $0.6 million; and	
 		
 	•	 	Other — $1.7 million.	
 
 94 

Table of Contents

All categories of costs are considered to be cash expenditures, except accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs. For 2009, costs relating to these initiatives of $1.6 million and $5.5 million were included in the Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively. Costs incurred during 2008 of $0.3 million, $4.7 million and $3.3 million were included in unallocated Corporate expenses, Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem business segments, respectively. All costs incurred in 2007 were included in the Electrochem segment.
As a result of these consolidation initiatives, two Greatbatch Medical facilities and one Electrochem facility are classified as held for sale as of January 1, 2010. These facilities are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The fair value of these facilities is primarily determined by reference to recent sales data for comparable facilities taking into consideration recent offers, if any, received from prospective buyers of the facility, which is categorized as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For 2009 and 2008, write-downs of $0.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively, were recorded relating to the two Greatbatch Medical facilities and is included in Other Operating Expense, Net. These facilities are expected to be sold within the next year and have a carrying value of $5.3 million as of January 1, 2010 and are included in Other Current Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Accrued liabilities related to the 2007 & 2008 facility shutdowns and consolidations are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Production	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	inefficiencies,	 	 	Accelerated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Severance and	 	 	moving and	 	 	depreciation/	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	retention	 	 	revalidation	 	 	asset write-offs	 	 	Personnel	 	 	Other	 	 	Total	 	
Balance, December 28, 2007	 	$	570	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	570	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	2,661	 	 	 	2,074	 	 	 	2,978	 	 	 	82	 	 	 	552	 	 	 	8,347	 	
Write-offs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,978	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,978	)	
Cash payments	 	 	(2,637	)	 	 	(2,074	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(82	)	 	 	(552	)	 	 	(5,345	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 2, 2009	 	$	594	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	594	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	1,796	 	 	 	2,948	 	 	 	671	 	 	 	534	 	 	 	1,120	 	 	 	7,069	 	
Write-offs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(671	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(671	)	
Cash payments	 	 	(1,466	)	 	 	(2,948	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(534	)	 	 	(1,120	)	 	 	(6,068	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, January 1, 2010	 	$	924	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	924	 	

 95 

Table of Contents

(c)	 	Integration costs. For 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred costs related to the integration of the companies acquired in 2007 and 2008. The integration initiatives include the implementation of the Oracle ERP system, training and compliance with Company policies as well as the implementation of lean manufacturing and six sigma initiatives. The expenses are primarily for consultants, relocation and travel costs that will not be required after the integrations are completed.	
 		
(d)	 	Asset dispositions and other . During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded write-downs in connection with various asset disposals, which were partially offset by insurance proceeds received. During 2009, the Company incurred approximately $0.6 million in severance charges in connection with various workforce reductions.	

10.	 	INCOME TAXES	
The U.S. and international components of income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	$	(15,285	)	 	$	25,946	 	 	$	23,004	 	
International	 	 	(2,892	)	 	 	(5,429	)	 	 	915	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	(18,177	)	 	$	20,517	 	 	$	23,919	 	

 96 

Table of Contents
The provision (benefit) for income taxes was comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
  	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	827	 	 	$	5,860	 	 	$	17,661	 	
State	 	 	(177	)	 	 	693	 	 	 	592	 	
International	 	 	294	 	 	 	520	 	 	 	320	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	944	 	 	 	7,073	 	 	 	18,573	 	

Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	 	(9,256	)	 	 	3,024	 	 	 	(6,407	)	
State	 	 	(153	)	 	 	(692	)	 	 	(25	)	
International	 	 	(711	)	 	 	(3,036	)	 	 	(172	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(10,120	)	 	 	(704	)	 	 	(6,604	)	

 	 	$	(9,176	)	 	$	6,369	 	 	$	11,969	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the U.S. statutory rate due to the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Statutory rate	 	 	(35.0	)%	 	 	35.0	%	 	 	35.0	%	
Swiss tax holiday	 	 	0.0	 	 	 	(7.5	)	 	 	0.0	 	
Federal tax credits	 	 	(5.5	)	 	 	(4.4	)	 	 	(5.2	)	
Foreign rate differential	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	4.0	 	 	 	0.0	 	
Uncertain tax positions	 	 	(7.8	)	 	 	0.8	 	 	 	0.7	 	
In-process research and development	 	 	0.0	 	 	 	3.0	 	 	 	20.3	 	
State taxes, net of federal benefit	 	 	(1.2	)	 	 	(0.9	)	 	 	1.6	 	
Valuation allowance	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	0.9	 	 	 	(0.7	)	
Other	 	 	(2.8	)	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	(1.7	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	 	 	(50.5	)%	 	 	31.0	%	 	 	50.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In February 2010, President Obama’s administration announced various proposals to modify certain aspects of the rules governing the U.S. taxation of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Many details of the proposals remain unknown and any legislation enacting such modifications would require Congressional approval; however, changes to these rules could significantly impact the Company’s effective tax rate.
During 2008, the Company received a nine year tax holiday (i.e. reduction in tax rate) from the Canton of Bern, Switzerland, beginning in 2009. This resulted in a one-time reduction of the Swiss deferred tax liabilities of approximately $1.5 million, which is reflected in the 2008 effective tax rate. The tax holiday was granted based upon projections of future capital investment and employment levels in the Canton of Bern. These projections are subject to periodic review by the governmental and tax authorities. If these projections are not met, part or all of the tax holiday may be revoked. If part or all of the tax holiday were revoked, a portion (or all) of the tax benefit recognized in 2008 would be reversed. The Company also negotiated a tax holiday with the Swiss federal authority’s contingent on certain conditions that have not yet been met. As such, this tax holiday will not be recorded until the conditions have been satisfied.
 
 97 

Table of Contents
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Tax credits	 	$	5,318	 	 	$	5,307	 	
Net operating loss carryforwards	 	 	4,189	 	 	 	3,633	 	
Inventories	 	 	4,139	 	 	 	4,904	 	
Accrued expenses	 	 	15,871	 	 	 	3,110	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	5,711	 	 	 	4,790	 	
Other	 	 	807	 	 	 	1,374	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax assets	 	 	36,035	 	 	 	23,118	 	
Less valuation allowance	 	 	(5,656	)	 	 	(4,485	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax assets	 	 	30,379	 	 	 	18,633	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	(3,471	)	 	 	(4,233	)	
Intangible assets	 	 	(35,808	)	 	 	(37,020	)	
Convertible subordinated notes	 	 	(28,789	)	 	 	(25,257	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross deferred tax liabilities	 	 	(68,068	)	 	 	(66,510	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	 	$	(37,689	)	 	$	(47,877	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Presented as follows:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current deferred tax asset	 	$	13,896	 	 	$	8,086	 	
Noncurrent deferred tax asset	 	 	2,458	 	 	 	1,942	 	
Noncurrent deferred tax liability	 	 	(54,043	)	 	 	(57,905	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net deferred tax liability	 	$	(37,689	)	 	$	(47,877	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of January 1, 2010, the Company has the following carryforwards available:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Tax	 	 	 	 	 	Begin to	
Jurisdiction	 	attribute	 	Amount	 	 	expire	
U.S.	 	Net Operating Loss	 	$	2.9 million	(1)	 	2022	
Switzerland	 	Net Operating Loss	 	11.1 million	(1)	 	2011	
State	 	Net Operating Loss	 	14.8 million	(1)	 	Various	
State	 	R&D Credit	 	0.4 million	 	 	Various	
State	 	Investment Tax Credit	 	4.9 million	 	 	Various	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	These tax attributes were acquired primarily as part of the Precimed acquisition in 2008. The utilization of certain net operating losses and credits is subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.	
Certain federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits per the income tax returns filed included uncertain tax positions taken in prior years. Due to the application of the accounting for uncertain tax positions, the actual tax attributes are larger than the net operating losses and tax credits for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes.
 
 98 

Table of Contents
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers, within each taxing jurisdiction, whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the consideration of the weight of both positive and negative evidence, management has determined that a portion of the deferred tax assets as of January 1, 2010 and January 2, 2009 related to certain state investment tax credits and net operating losses will not be realized.
The Company files annual income tax returns in the U.S., various state and local jurisdictions, and in various foreign jurisdictions. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position, for which the Company has unrecognized tax benefits, is examined and finally settled. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain tax position, the Company believes that its unrecognized tax benefits reflect the most probable outcome. The Company adjusts these unrecognized tax benefits, as well as the related interest, in light of changing facts and circumstances. The resolution of a matter could be recognized as an adjustment to the provision for income taxes and the effective tax rate in the period of resolution.
Below is a summary of changes to the unrecognized tax benefit (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Balance, beginning of year	 	$	5,686	 	 	$	1,678	 	 	$	1,787	 	
Additions based upon tax positions related to the current year	 	 	396	 	 	 	699	 	 	 	110	 	
Additions recorded as part of business combinations	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,979	 	 	 	280	 	
Reductions related to prior period tax positions	 	 	(1,185	)	 	 	(373	)	 	 	(481	)	
Reductions relating to settlements with tax authorities	 	 	(700	)	 	 	(233	)	 	 	—	 	
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
statute of limitations	 	 	(779	)	 	 	(64	)	 	 	(18	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance, end of year	 	$	3,418	 	 	$	5,686	 	 	$	1,678	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The tax years that remain open and subject to tax audits varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. During 2009, the IRS completed their review of the Company’s 2006 and 2007 U.S. income tax returns. The 2008 tax year remains open for examination. In addition, the state of Massachusetts completed its audit of the 2004-2006 tax years of the Company.
It is reasonably possible that a reduction in the range of $0.0 million to $0.7 million of the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations. As of the end of 2009, approximately $1.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits would favorably impact the effective tax rate (net of federal benefit on state issues), if recognized.

11.	 	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES	
Litigation — The Company is a party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. While the Company does not believe, except as indicated below, that the ultimate resolution of any such pending actions will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact in the period in which the ruling occurs.
 
 99 

Table of Contents
As previously reported, in 2002, a former Electrochem customer, Input/Output Marine Systems (“Input/Output”), commenced an action against the Company alleging breach of contract, misappropriation of trade secrets, negligence, unfair trade practices and fraud arising out of a failed business transaction dating back to 1997 (the “Electrochem Litigation”). Although summary judgment was awarded in favor of the Company in February 2007, the Louisiana Court of Appeal reversed the decision of the trial court and reinstated the case. After trial in September 2009, a jury found in favor of Input/Output on the fraud, unfair trade practices and breach of contract claims and awarded damages in the amount of $21.7 million. The final judgment in the matter included an award of prejudgment interest bringing the total judgment to approximately $33 million. The Company’s post-trial motion for a new trial was denied, and the Company has now appealed the judgment to the Louisiana Court of Appeal. During the appeal process, interest on the judgment will accrue based upon the Louisiana statutory rate, which is currently 5.5%.
To date, the cost of defense in the Input/Output litigation has been paid by the Company’s insurance carrier. As a result of the jury verdict, the insurer has filed a declaratory judgment suit alleging that there is no coverage for the jury verdict, and that it has no further obligation to defend. Additionally, the insurer is seeking reimbursement of $1.3 million in defense costs expended prior to the jury verdict. The Company does not believe the insurer is entitled to reimbursement of the prior defense costs and is vigorously defending the suit.
During 2009, the Company accrued $34.5 million in connection with the Input/Output litigation.
As previously reported, on June 12, 2006, Enpath Medical, Inc. (“Enpath”), a subsidiary of the Company that has since been merged into Greatbatch Ltd., was named as defendant in a patent infringement action filed by Pressure Products Medical Supplies, Inc. (“Pressure Products”) in which Pressure Products alleged that Enpath’s FlowGuard™ valved introducer, which has been on the market for more than four years, and Enpath’s ViaSeal™ prototype introducer, which has not been sold, infringes claims in Pressure Products patents. After trial, a jury found that Enpath infringed the Pressure Products patents, but not willfully, and awarded damages in the amount of $1.1 million. The Company has appealed the judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and oral arguments were heard before that tribunal on April 21, 2009. As a result of a post-trial motion and pending the appeal, the Company is permitted to continue to sell FlowGuard™ provided that it pays into an escrow fund a royalty of between $1.50 and $2.25 for each sale of a FlowGuard™ valved introducer. The amount paid into escrow during 2009 was $0.9 million and $1.4 million in total as of January 1, 2010.
License agreements — The Company is a party to various license agreements for technology that is utilized in certain of its products. The most significant of these agreements are the licenses for basic technology used in the production of wet tantalum capacitors, filtered feedthroughs and MRI compatible lead systems. Expenses related to license agreements were $3.3 million, $3.0 million and $2.1 million, for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are included in Cost of Sales.
 
 100 

Table of Contents
Product Warranties — The change in product warranty liability was comprised of the following (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	1,395	 	 	$	1,454	 	
Warranty reserves acquired	 	 	—	 	 	 	142	 	
Additions to warranty reserve	 	 	668	 	 	 	1,185	 	
Warranty claims paid	 	 	(733	)	 	 	(1,386	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	 	$	1,330	 	 	$	1,395	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating Leases — The Company is a party to various operating lease agreements for buildings, equipment and software. The Company incurred operating lease expense of $3.4 million, $3.8 million, and $2.2 million, in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Minimum future annual operating lease payments are $2.8 million in 2010; $2.1 million in 2011 $2.0 million in 2012; $1.9 million in 2013; $1.6 million in 2014 and $1.7 million thereafter. The Company primarily leases buildings, which accounts for the majority of the future lease payments. Lease expense includes the effect of escalation clauses and leasehold improvement incentives which are accounted for ratably over the lease term.
Workers’ Compensation Trust — With respect to its operations in Western New York, the Company is a member of a group self-insurance trust that provides workers’ compensation benefits to eligible employees of the Company and other group member employers. For locations outside of Western New York, the Company utilizes traditional insurance relationships to provide workers’ compensation benefits. Under the terms of the Trust, the Company makes annual contributions to the Trust based on reported salaries paid to the employees using a rate based formula. Based on actual experience, the Company could receive a refund or be assessed additional contributions. For financial statement purposes, no amounts have been recorded for any refund or additional assessment since the Trust has not informed the Company of any such adjustments. Under the trust agreement, each participating organization has joint and several liability for trust obligations if the assets of the trust are not sufficient to cover those obligations.
Purchase Commitments — Contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Our purchase orders are normally based on our current capital and manufacturing needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons. We enter into blanket orders with vendors that have preferred pricing and terms, however these orders are normally cancelable by us without penalty. As of January 1, 2010, the total contractual obligation related to such expenditures is $20.8 million, the majority of which is expected to be paid in 2010 and will be financed by cash and cash equivalents or financing under the Credit Facility. We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty.
 
 101 

Table of Contents
Foreign Currency Contract — In December 2007, the Company entered into a forward contract to purchase 80,000,000 CHF, at an exchange rate of 1.1389 CHF per one U.S. dollar, in order to partially fund the purchase price of Precimed, which was payable in Swiss Francs. In January 2008, the Company entered into an additional forward contract to purchase 20,000,000 CHF at an exchange rate of 1.1156 per one U.S. dollar. The Company entered into a similar foreign exchange contract in January 2008 in order to fund the purchase price of the Chaumont Facility, which was payable in Euros. The net result of the above contracts, which were settled upon the funding of the respective acquisitions, was a gain of $2.4 million, $1.6 million of which was recorded in 2008 as Other Income, Net.
In February 2009, the Company entered into forward contracts to purchase 10 million Mexican pesos per month from March 2009 to December 2009 at an exchange rate of 14.85 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with the operations at the Company’s Tijuana, Mexico facility and were accounted for as cash flow hedges. No portion of the change in fair value of these foreign currency contracts during 2009 was considered ineffective. The amount recorded as a reduction of Cost of Sales during 2009 related to these forward contracts was $0.6 million.
In December 2009, the Company entered into forward contracts to purchase 6.6 million Mexican pesos per month from January 2010 to December 2010 at an exchange rate of 13.159 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso-denominated payments associated with the operations at the Company’s Tijuana, Mexico facility for 2010. These contracts are being accounted for as cash flow hedges and had a negative fair value of $0.09 million as of January 1, 2010, which is recorded within Other Current Liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
2010 Foreign Currency Contracts (Unaudited) — In February 2010, the Company entered into forward contracts to purchase an additional 3.3 million Mexican pesos per month from February 2010 to December 2010 at an exchange rate of 13.1595 pesos per one U.S. dollar. These contracts were entered into in order to hedge the risk of peso denominated payments associated with the operations at the Company’s Tijuana, Mexico facility for 2010. These contracts are being accounted for as cash flow hedges.

12.	 	FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS	
The following table provides information regarding assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 1, 2010 (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Fair value measurements using	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Significant	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Quoted prices in	 	 	other	 	 	Significant	 	
 	 	At	 	 	active markets for	 	 	observable	 	 	unobservable	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	identical assets	 	 	inputs	 	 	inputs	 	
Description	 	2010	 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	
Assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Assets held for sale (Note 9)	 	$	3,207	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	3,207	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency contracts (Note 11)	 	 	89	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	89	 	 	 	—	 	
Interest rate swaps (Note 6)	 	 	1,612	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,612	 	 	 	—	 	
 
 102 

Table of Contents
Assets held for sale — Assets held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost to sell. For the two properties written-down in 2008 and 2009, the fair value was primarily determined by reference to recent sales data for comparable facilities taking into consideration recent offers, if any, received from prospective buyers of the facility. The Company’s assets held for sale that are recorded at fair value are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Interest rate swaps — The fair value of interest rate swaps are determined through the use of cash flow models that utilize observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include LIBOR and swap rates, and credit spread curves. In addition to the above, the Company receives fair value estimates from the interest rate swap counterparty to verify the reasonableness of the Company’s estimates. The Company’s interest rate swaps are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Foreign currency contracts — The fair value of foreign currency contracts are determined through the use of cash flow models that utilize observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include foreign exchange rate and credit spread curves. In addition to the above, the Company receives fair value estimates from the foreign currency contract counterparty to verify the reasonableness of the Company’s estimates. The Company’s foreign currency contracts are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Convertible subordinated notes — The fair value of the Company’s convertible subordinated notes disclosed in Note 6 — “Debt” were determined by reference to recent third-party transactions for the Company’s notes in an inactive market. The Company’s convertible subordinated notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Pension plan assets — The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets disclosed in Note 7 — “Employee Benefit Plans” are determined based upon quoted market prices in active markets or multidimensional relational models with observable market data inputs to estimate fair value. These observable market data inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data. The Company’s pension plan assets are categorized in Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

13.	 	BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION	
The Company operates its business in two reportable segments — Greatbatch Medical and Electrochem. During 2009, the Company rebranded its IMC segment as Greatbatch Medical. The Greatbatch Medical segment designs and manufactures systems, components and devices for the CRM, Neuromodulation, Vascular Access and Orthopaedic markets. The Company’s products include: 1) batteries, capacitors, filtered and unfiltered feedthroughs, engineered components and enclosures used in IMDs; 2) instruments and delivery systems used in hip and knee replacement, trauma and spine surgeries as well as hip, knee and shoulder implants; and 3) introducers, catheters, steerable sheaths and implantable stimulation leads. Additionally, Greatbatch Medical offers value-added assembly and design engineering services for medical systems and devices within the markets in which it operates.
Electrochem is a world leader in the design, manufacture and distribution of electrochemical cells, battery packs and wireless sensors for demanding applications in markets such as energy, security, portable medical, environmental monitoring and more.
 
 103 

Table of Contents
The Company defines segment income (loss) from operations as sales less cost of sales and expenses attributable to segment-specific selling, general and administrative, research, development and engineering expenses, and other operating expenses. Segment income (loss) also includes a portion of non-segment specific selling, general and administrative expenses based on allocations appropriate to the expense categories. The remaining unallocated operating expenses are primarily corporate headquarters and administrative function expenses. Transactions between the two segments are not significant. Segment assets are intended to correlate with invested capital. The amounts include accounts receivable, inventories, net property, plant and equipment, amortizing intangible assets, trademark and tradenames, and goodwill. Corporate assets consist primarily of cash and investments, non-segment specific deferred income taxes and net property, plant and equipment for corporate headquarters. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described and referenced in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Sales by geographic area are presented by attributing sales from external customers based on where the products are shipped.
The Greatbatch Medical segment results for 2009 includes a $15.9 million intangible asset write-down (See Note 4). The 2009 Electrochem operating loss includes a $34.5 million charge related to the Electrochem Litigation (See Note 11). The Greatbatch Medical segment results for 2008 includes $6.2 million and $2.2 million of inventory step-up amortization and IPR&D expense, respectively, related to the acquisitions in 2007 and 2008. Greatbatch Medical results for 2007 includes $1.5 million and $16.1 million of inventory step-up amortization and IPR&D expense, respectively, related to the acquisitions in 2007. Electrochem segment results for 2008 and 2007 include $0.2 million of inventory step-up amortization related to the acquisitions in 2007.
An analysis and reconciliation of the Company’s business segment and product line information to the respective information in the consolidated financial statements is presented below (in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Sales:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CRM/Neuromodulation	 	$	305,354	 	 	$	286,251	 	 	$	253,676	 	
Vascular Access	 	 	35,816	 	 	 	39,443	 	 	 	16,146	 	
Orthopaedic	 	 	113,897	 	 	 	142,446	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greatbatch Medical	 	 	455,067	 	 	 	468,140	 	 	 	269,822	 	
Electrochem	 	 	66,754	 	 	 	78,504	 	 	 	48,924	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total sales	 	$	521,821	 	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	318,746	 	

 104 

Table of Contents

 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Segment income (loss) from operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	$	46,270	 	 	$	49,760	 	 	$	25,367	 	
Electrochem	 	 	(32,734	)	 	 	9,499	 	 	 	9,378	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment income from operations	 	 	13,536	 	 	 	59,259	 	 	 	34,745	 	
Unallocated operating expenses	 	 	(12,488	)	 	 	(24,365	)	 	 	(14,725	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income as reported	 	 	1,048	 	 	 	34,894	 	 	 	20,020	 	
Unallocated other income (expense) (1)	 	 	(19,225	)	 	 	(14,377	)	 	 	3,899	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes as reported	 	$	(18,177	)	 	$	20,517	 	 	$	23,919	 	

 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	$	29,869	 	 	$	36,987	 	 	$	19,166	 	
Electrochem	 	 	2,860	 	 	 	2,748	 	 	 	1,632	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total depreciation and amortization included in segment income from operations	 	 	32,729	 	 	 	39,735	 	 	 	20,798	 	
Unallocated depreciation and amortization (1)	 	 	14,500	 	 	 	12,433	 	 	 	9,813	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total depreciation and amortization	 	$	47,229	 	 	$	52,168	 	 	$	30,611	 	

 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Expenditures for tangible long-lived assets, excluding acquisitions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	$	11,261	 	 	$	11,414	 	 	$	12,847	 	
Electrochem	 	 	910	 	 	 	19,602	 	 	 	7,558	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total reportable segments	 	 	12,171	 	 	 	31,016	 	 	 	20,405	 	
Unallocated long-lived tangible assets	 	 	7,040	 	 	 	16,562	 	 	 	2,087	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total expenditures	 	$	19,211	 	 	$	47,578	 	 	$	22,492	 	

(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted to reflect change in accounting for convertible debt. See Note 1.	
 
 105 

Table of Contents

 	 	As of	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Identifiable assets, net:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical	 	$	663,539	 	 	$	678,565	 	
Electrochem	 	 	79,157	 	 	 	65,631	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total reportable segments	 	 	742,696	 	 	 	744,196	 	
Unallocated assets (1)	 	 	87,847	 	 	 	103,837	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	830,543	 	 	$	848,033	 	

 	 	Year Ended	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	
Sales by geographic area:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	245,974	 	 	$	266,985	 	 	$	153,708	 	
Non-domestic countries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Puerto Rico	 	 	76,823	 	 	 	56,941	 	 	 	42,132	 	
United Kingdom & Ireland	 	 	66,255	 	 	 	75,917	 	 	 	67,409	 	
France	 	 	37,373	 	 	 	74,670	 	 	 	13,065	 	
Belgium	 	 	29,431	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
All other	 	 	65,965	 	 	 	72,131	 	 	 	42,432	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated sales	 	$	521,821	 	 	$	546,644	 	 	$	318,746	 	

 	 	As of	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	
Long-lived tangible assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	132,605	 	 	$	141,733	 	
Foreign countries	 	 	38,478	 	 	 	42,119	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated long-lived assets	 	$	171,083	 	 	$	183,852	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
A significant portion of the Company’s sales and accounts receivable were to four customers as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Sales	 	 	Accounts Receivable	 	
 	 	Year Ended	 	 	As of	 	
 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	 	December 28,	 	 	January 1,	 	 	January 2,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	 	2007	 	 	2010	 	 	2009	 	
Customer A	 	 	22	%	 	 	17	%	 	 	25	%	 	 	13	%	 	 	11	%	
Customer B	 	 	17	%	 	 	14	%	 	 	17	%	 	 	19	%	 	 	12	%	
Customer C	 	 	12	%	 	 	13	%	 	 	25	%	 	 	11	%	 	 	9	%	
Customer D	 	 	12	%	 	 	12	%	 	 	0	%	 	 	5	%	 	 	5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	63	%	 	 	56	%	 	 	67	%	 	 	48	%	 	 	37	%	

(1)	 	Retroactively adjusted to reflect change in accounting for convertible debt. See Note 1.	
 
 106 

Table of Contents

14.	 	QUARTERLY SALES AND EARNINGS DATA — UNAUDITED	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	4th Qtr.	 	 	3rd Qtr.	 	 	2nd Qtr.	 	 	1st Qtr.	 	
 	 	(in thousands, except per share data)	 	
2009	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales	 	$	125,808	 	 	$	121,470	 	 	$	134,725	 	 	$	139,818	 	
Gross profit	 	 	41,646	 	 	 	39,137	 	 	 	41,472	 	 	 	44,164	 	
Net income (loss) (1)(2)	 	 	(1,534	)	 	 	(20,693	)	 	 	6,562	 	 	 	6,664	 	
Earnings (loss) per share — basic	 	 	(0.07	)	 	 	(0.90	)	 	 	0.29	 	 	 	0.29	 	
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted	 	 	(0.07	)	 	 	(0.90	)	 	 	0.28	 	 	 	0.28	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2008	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Sales	 	$	146,600	 	 	$	136,242	 	 	$	141,648	 	 	$	122,154	 	
Gross profit	 	 	46,742	 	 	 	41,753	 	 	 	40,595	 	 	 	26,699	 	
Net income (loss) (3) (4)	 	 	7,364	 	 	 	6,516	 	 	 	4,713	 	 	 	(4,445	)	
Earnings (loss) per share — basic (4)	 	 	0.33	 	 	 	0.29	 	 	 	0.21	 	 	 	(0.20	)	
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted (4)	 	 	0.31	 	 	 	0.28	 	 	 	0.21	 	 	 	(0.20	)	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	Net loss in the 2009 fourth quarter includes the write-down of intangible assets. See Note 4.	
 		
(2)	 	Net loss in the 2009 third quarter includes the Electrochem Litigation. See Note 11.	
 		
(3)	 	Net loss in the 2008 first quarter includes inventory step-up amortization and an IPR&D charge related to our 2007 and 2008 acquisitions.	
 		
(4)	 	Retroactively adjusted to reflect change in accounting for convertible debt. See Note 1.	

ITEM 9.	 	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
None.

ITEM 9A.	 	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — Appears under Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” along with the attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm.

a.	 	Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures — Our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) related to the recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information in our reports that we file with the SEC. These disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable assurance that material information relating to us, including our subsidiaries, is made known to our management, including these officers, by our employees, and that this information is recorded, processed, summarized, evaluated and reported, as applicable, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on their evaluation, as of January 1, 2010, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.	

b.	 	Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting — There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.	
 
 107 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 9B.	 	OTHER INFORMATION	
None.
PART III

ITEM 10.	 	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
The identification of each of the Registrant’s directors is incorporated by reference to the caption “Election of Directors” contained in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about April 14, 2010.
The identification of the Company’s executive officers is presented under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company” contained in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about April 14, 2010.

ITEM 11.	 	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
Information regarding executive compensation in the Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.	 	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners in the Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
The following table provides information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number of securities	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	remaining available for	 	
 	 	Number of securities to be	 	 	Weighted-average exercise	 	 	future issuance under	 	
 	 	issued upon exercise of	 	 	price of outstanding	 	 	equity compensation plans	 	
Plan Category	 	outstanding options,	 	 	options, warrants and	 	 	(excluding securities	 	
(As of January 1, 2010)	 	warrants and rights	 	 	rights	 	 	reflected in column (a))	 	
 	 	( a )	 	 	( b )	 	 	( c ) (2)	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)	 	 	2,435,276	 	 	$	24.17	 	 	 	1,406,693	 	
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	2,435,276	 	 	$	24.17	 	 	 	1,406,693	 	

(1)	 	Consists of stock options issued under the 1997 and 1998 Stock Option Plan, Non-Employee Director Stock Incentive Plan, 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. Also includes 71,169 shares of restricted stock units that were granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan at a weighted average grant date fair value of $26.02 per share.	
 		
(2)	 	As of January 1, 2010, 1,406,693 shares were available for future grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses. Due to plan sub-limits, of the shares available for grant only 553,962 shares may be issued in the form of restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock bonuses.	
 
 108 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 13.	 	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence in the Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.	 	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES	
Information regarding the fees paid to and services provided by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, in the Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV

ITEM 15.	 	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	

(a)	 	LIST OF DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT	

 	(1)	 	Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”	

 	(2)	 	The following financial statement schedule is included in this report on Form 10-K (in thousands):	
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 	 	Col. B	 	 	Additions	 	 	 	 	 	 	Col. E	 	
 	 	Balance at	 	 	 	 	 	 	Charged to	 	 	Col. D	 	 	Balance at	 	
Col. A	 	Beginning	 	 	Charged to	 	 	Other Accounts-	 	 	Deductions-	 	 	End of	 	
Description	 	of Period	 	 	Costs & Expenses	 	 	Describe	 	 	Describe	 	 	Period	 	
January 1, 2010	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	$	1,603	 	 	$	961	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	(112	) (2)	 	$	2,452	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	 	$	4,485	 	 	$	1,171	(1)	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	5,656	 	
January 2, 2009	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	$	758	 	 	$	590	 	 	$	374	(4)	 	$	(119	) (2)	 	$	1,603	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	 	$	3,969	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	580	(4)	 	$	(64	) (1)	 	$	4,485	 	
December 28, 2007	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	$	532	 	 	$	151	 	 	$	173	(3)	 	$	(98	) (2)	 	$	758	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets	 	$	4,342	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	(373	) (1)	 	$	3,969	 	
 	 	 	
(1)	 	Valuation allowance (reversal) recorded in the provision for income taxes for certain net operating losses and tax credits.	
 		
(2)	 	Accounts written off, net of collections on accounts receivable previously written off.	
 		
(3)	 	Balances recorded as a part of our 2007 acquisitions of Enpath Medical, Quan Emerteq and EAC.	
 		
(4)	 	Balances recorded as a part of our 2008 acquisitions of P Medical Holding SA.	

 	 	 	Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.	

 	(3)	 	Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been previously filed, are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings.	
 
 109 

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 2, 2010 	By	 	/s/ Thomas J. Hook  	 	
 	 	 	Thomas J. Hook 	 	
 	 	 	President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 	 	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 	 	 	 	 	
Signature	 	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Thomas J. Hook
 
Thomas J. Hook	 	President & Chief Executive Officer & Director	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Thomas J. Mazza
 
Thomas J. Mazza	 	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Marco F. Benedetti
 
Marco F. Benedetti	 	Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Bill R. Sanford
 
Bill R. Sanford	 	Chairman 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Pamela G. Bailey
 
Pamela G. Bailey	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael Dinkins
 
Michael Dinkins	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Kevin C. Melia
 
Kevin C. Melia	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Dr. Joseph A. Miller, Jr.
 
Dr. Joseph A. Miller, Jr.	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Peter H. Soderberg
 
Peter H. Soderberg	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ William B. Summers, Jr.
 	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
William B. Summers, Jr.	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ John P. Wareham
 
John P. Wareham	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Dr. Helena S. Wisniewski
 	 	Director 	 	March 2, 2010	
Dr. Helena S. Wisniewski	 	 	 	 	
 
 110 

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT	 	 	
NUMBER	 	DESCRIPTION	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	3.1	 	 	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 27, 2008).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	3.2	*	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws as of March 2, 2009.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4.1	 	 	Indenture for 2 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2013 dated May 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-107667) filed on August 5, 2003).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4.2	 	 	Registration Rights Agreement dated May 28, 2003 by among us and the initial purchasers of the Debentures described above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-107667) filed on August 5, 2003).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4.3	 	 	Indenture for 2 1 / 4 % Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2013 dated as of March 28, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4.4	 	 	First Supplemental Indenture dated April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4.5	 	 	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 28, 2007 by and among us and the initial purchasers of the Debentures described above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.1	#	 	1997 Stock Option Plan (including form of “standard” option agreement and form of “special” option agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.2	#	 	1998 Stock Option Plan (including form of “standard” option agreement, form of “special” option agreement and form of “non-standard” option agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
 
 111 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT	 	 	
NUMBER	 	DESCRIPTION	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.3	#	 	Greatbatch Ltd. Equity Plus Plan Money Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.4	#	 	Greatbatch Ltd. Equity Plus Plan Stock Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.5	#	 	Non-Employee Director Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A filed on April 22, 2002).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.6	#	 	Greatbatch, Inc. Executive Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 20, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.7	 	 	Credit Agreement dated as of May 22, 2007 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.8	 	 	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of December 20, 2007 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2009)	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.9	 	 	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated as of November 4, 2008 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2009)	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.10	*	 	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2009 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.11	*	 	Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement dated as of October 30, 2009 by and among Greatbatch Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as administrative agent.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.12	#	 	2002 Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 9, 2003).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.13	 	 	License Agreement dated August 8, 1996, between Greatbatch Ltd. and Evans Capacitor Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-37554)).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.14	+	 	Amendment No. 2 dated December 6, 2002, between Greatbatch Technologies, Ltd. and Evans Capacitor Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 2003).	
 
 112 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT	 	 	
NUMBER	 	DESCRIPTION	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.15	+	 	Supplier Partnering Agreement dated as of October 23, 2003, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc., a St. Jude Medical Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2004).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.16	+	 	Amendment No. 1 dated October 8, 2004, to Supplier Partnering Agreement dated as of October 23, 2003, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc., d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.17	+	 	License Agreement dated October 25, 2005 between Greatbatch, Inc. and Medtronic, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.18	#	 	Form of Change of Control Agreement, dated August 14, 2006, between Greatbatch, Inc. and our executive officers (Thomas J. Hook, Thomas J. Mazza, Mauricio Arellano, Susan M. Bratton, Susan H. Campbell, Barbara Davis and Timothy McEvoy) (incoporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2006).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.19	#	 	Employment Agreement dated August 8, 2006 between Greatbatch, Inc. and Thomas J. Hook (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 29, 2006).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.20	#	 	2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 20, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.21	#	 	2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 13, 2009).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.22	#	 	Form of Restricted Stock Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.23	#	 	Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.24	#	 	Form of Nonqualified Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.25	#	 	Form of Stock Option Award Letter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2005).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.26	+	 	Supply Agreement for medical device components dated March 31, 2006, between Greatbatch, Inc. and SORIN/ELA BIOMEDICA CRM and ELA MEDICAL SAS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.27	 	 	Form of Exchange and Purchase Agreement dated March 22, 2007, by and between Greatbatch, Inc. and certain other parties thereto related to its outstanding 2 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2013. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 29, 2007).	
 
 113 

Table of Contents

 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT	 	 	
NUMBER	 	DESCRIPTION	

 	10.28	+	 	Amendment No. 2 to Supplier Partnering Agreement, effective as of July 27, 2005, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc. d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.29	+	 	Amendment No. 2 to Supplier Partnering Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2006, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc. d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.30	+	 	Amendment No. 4 to Supplier Partnering Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2006, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc. d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.31	+	 	Amendment No. 5 to Supplier Partnering Agreement, effective as of March 1, 2007, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc. d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.32	+	 	Amendment No. 6 to Supplier Partnering Agreement, effective as of March 1, 2007, between Greatbatch, Inc. and Pacesetter, Inc. d/b/a St. Jude Medical CRMD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10.33	+	 	Supply Agreement between Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. (d/b/a Boston Scientific) and Greatbatch, Ltd., 2007 — 2010, effective July 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2007).	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	12.1	*	 	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	21.1	*	 	Subsidiaries of Greatbatch, Inc.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	23.1	*	 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	31.1	*	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	31.2	*	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	32.1	*	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	
 	 	 	
Portions of those exhibits marked “+” have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.	
 		
* -	 	Filed herewith.	
 		
# -	 	Indicates exhibits that are management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements required to be filed pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K.	
 
 114 

EXHIBIT 3.2
BY-LAWS
OF
GREATBATCH, INC.
(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
(Amended as of March 2, 2009)
Article 1
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1 ANNUAL MEETINGS. (a) The annual meeting of the holders of such classes or series of capital stock as are entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereat pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) of Greatbatch, Inc. (the “Corporation”) for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors or, in the event that no such date is so designated, on the fourth Thursday in May of each year, at such hour (within ordinary business hours) as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting. If the day so designated shall be a legal holiday, then such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. Each annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
(b) An annual meeting of stockholders may be adjourned by the presiding officer of the meeting for any reason (including, if the presiding officer determines that it would be in the best interests of the Corporation, to extend the period of time for the solicitation of proxies) from time to time and place to place until such presiding officer shall determine that the business to be conducted at the meeting is completed, which determination shall be conclusive.
(c) The only business that shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders shall be that which shall have been properly brought before the annual meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplements or addenda thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder that (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 1.1 of these By-laws and at the time of the annual meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the annual meeting, (C) proposes the business be conducted at the annual meeting pursuant to timely notice in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation, and (D) otherwise complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.1 of these By-laws.
(d) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 calendar days nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders (or if there was no such prior annual meeting, not less than 90 calendar days nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the date that represents the fourth Thursday in May of the current year); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 calendar days, or delayed by more than 60 calendar days, from such anniversary date, then, to be considered timely, notice by the stockholder must be received not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th calendar day prior to the annual meeting or (y) the seventh calendar day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed to stockholders or public disclosure thereof was otherwise made. In no event shall any postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(e) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for transacting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s most recent stockholder lists, of the stockholder proposing such proposal and any Stockholder Related Person (as defined below), (iii) a representation that the stockholder giving the notice is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such annual meeting and intends (A) to be a holder of record of stock of the Corporation at the time of the annual meeting and (B) to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to propose the business specified in the notice, (iv) the class and number of shares of any securities of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or held of record by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Related Person, (v) a description of (A) any derivative positions in any securities of the Corporation directly or indirectly held or beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Related Person and (B) any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions, agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any of the Corporation’s securities entered into or made by such stockholder or any Stockholder Related Person, (vi) a description of all contracts, arrangements or understandings between or among such stockholder, any Stockholder Related Person and any other person(s) (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business, and any material interest of the stockholder or any Stockholder Related Person in such business, and (viii) whether either such stockholder, beneficial owner or Stockholder Related Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote that is required to approve such proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information relating to a stockholder proposal in the Corporation’s proxy statement and form of proxy for an annual meeting of stockholders, a stockholder must provide notice as required by, and otherwise comply with, all of the content, procedural and other requirements of Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), irrespective of whether the Corporation is then subject to such Rule or the Exchange Act. In addition, if the stockholder’s ownership of shares of the Corporation, as set forth in the notice, is solely beneficial (and not of record) documentary evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of such ownership must accompany the notice in order for such notice to be considered validly and timely received. A “Stockholder Related Person” of any stockholder means (1) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (2) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder, and (3) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Stockholder Related Person.
 
 2 

 

(f) The presiding officer at an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any business which was not properly brought before the meeting is out of order and shall not be transacted at the meeting.
Section 1.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special Meetings of stockholders for the transaction of such business as may properly come before the meeting may be called by order of the Board of Directors, and shall be held at such place, date and time, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be specified by such order. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix the place of a special meeting, the meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. To be properly brought before a special meeting, business must be (i) specified in the notice of the meeting (or any supplements or addenda thereto) given in accordance with Article 1, Section 1.3 of these By-laws or (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by the presiding officer or by or at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors. The presiding officer at a special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any business which was not properly brought before the meeting is out of order and shall not be transacted at the meeting.
Section 1.3 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice of all meetings of the stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders may be examined, shall be mailed or delivered to each stockholder not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting. Notice of any special meeting shall state with reasonable specificity the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held and the business proposed to be transacted thereat.
Section 1.4 STOCKHOLDER LISTS. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 calendar days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present in person thereat.
Section 1.5 QUORUM. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders shall consist of the holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy. At all meetings of the stockholders at which a quorum is present, all matters, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat present in person or by proxy. If there be no such quorum, the holders of a majority of such shares so present or represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without further notice, until a quorum shall have been obtained. When a quorum is once present it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal from the meeting of any stockholder.
 
 3 

 

Section 1.6 ORGANIZATION. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence the Vice-Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Vice-Chairman’s absence the President, if any, or if none or in the President’s absence a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is present, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in the Secretary’s absence an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint any person present to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 1.7 VOTING; PROXIES; REQUIRED VOTE. (a) Each stockholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share having voting power standing in his or her name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation on the record date fixed pursuant to Section 6.3(a) of Article 6 of these By-laws.
(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person, or may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy. Any proxy may be signed by such stockholder or his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact, including by facsimile signature, and shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting, or may be authorized by electronic transmission provided that it can be reasonably determined from such electronic transmission that such proxy was authorized by the stockholder. The signature of a stockholder on any proxy, including without limitation an electronic transmission, may be printed, stamped or written, or provided by other reliable reproduction, provided such signature is executed or adopted by the stockholder with intention to authenticate the proxy. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except as otherwise provided by law or pursuant to these By-laws in respect of each matter properly presented to the meeting. At all elections of directors the voting may but need not be by ballot and a plurality of the votes cast there shall elect. Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast.
Section 1.8 INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
 
 4 

 

Section 1.9 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action which is required to be or may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice to stockholders and without a vote if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall have been signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereto were present and voted.
(a) In order that the Corporation’s stockholders shall have an opportunity to receive and consider the information germane to an informed judgment as to whether to give a written consent and in accordance with the procedures contained in the New York Stock Exchange policies and rules, any corporate action to be taken by written consent shall not be effective until, and the stockholders of the Corporation shall be able to give or revoke written consents for, at least twenty (20) days from the date of the commencement of a solicitation (as such term is defined in Rule 14a-1(k) promulgated under the Exchange Act) of consents, other than corporate action by written consent taken pursuant to solicitations of not more than ten (10) persons. For purposes of this Section 1.9, a consent solicitation shall be deemed to have commenced when a proxy statement or information statement containing the information required by law is first furnished to the Corporation’s stockholders.
(b) Consents to corporate action shall be valid for a maximum of sixty (60) days after the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided in Section 228(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consents may be revoked by written notice (i) to the Corporation, (ii) to the stockholder or stockholders soliciting consents or soliciting revocations in opposition to action by consent proposed by the Corporation (the “Soliciting Stockholders”), or (iii) to a proxy solicitor other agent designated by the Corporation or the Soliciting Stockholders.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if independent counsel to the Corporation delivers to the Corporation a written opinion stating, or a court of competent jurisdiction determines, that this Section 1.9, or any portion thereof, is illegal with respect to any corporate action to be taken by written consent for which a consent has theretofore been delivered to the Corporation, in the manner provided in Section 228(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether prior or subsequent to the date of the adoption of this Section 1.9, then this Section 1.9, or such portion thereof, as the case may be, shall after the date of such delivery of such opinion or such determination be null and void and of no effect with respect to any other corporate action to be taken by written consent.
(d) Within three (3) business days after receipt of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided in Section 228(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the determination by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that the Corporation should seek corporate action by written consent, as the case may be, the Secretary shall engage independent inspectors of elections for the purpose of performing a ministerial review of the validity of the consents and revocations. The cost of retaining inspectors of election shall be borne by the Corporation.
 
 5 

 

(e) Consents and revocations shall be delivered to the inspectors upon receipt by the Corporation, the Soliciting Stockholders or their proxy solicitors or other designated agents. As soon as consents and revocations are received, the inspectors shall review the consents and revocations and shall maintain a count of the number of valid and unrevoked consents. The inspectors shall keep such count confidential and shall not reveal the count to the Corporation, the Soliciting Stockholder or their representatives or any other entity. As soon as practicable after the earlier of (i) sixty (60) days after the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided in Section 228(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (ii) a written request therefor by the Corporation or the Soliciting Stockholders (whichever is soliciting consents) (which request may be made no earlier than twenty (20) days after the commencement of the applicable solicitation of consents, except in the case of corporate action by written consent taken pursuant to solicitations of not more than ten (10) persons), notice of which request shall be given to the party opposing the solicitation of consents, if any, which request shall state that the Corporation or Soliciting Stockholders, as the case may be, have a good faith belief that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents to authorize or take the action specified in the consents has been received in accordance with these By-laws, the inspectors shall issue a preliminary report to the Corporation and the Soliciting Stockholders stating: (i) the number of valid consents; (ii) the number of valid revocations; (iii) the number of valid and unrevoked consents; (iv) the number of invalid consents; (v) the number of invalid revocations; (vi) whether, based on their preliminary count, the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents has been obtained to authorize or take the action specified in the consents.
(f) Unless the Corporation and the Soliciting Stockholders shall agree to a shorter or longer period, the Corporation and the Soliciting Stockholders shall have 48 hours to review the consents and revocations and to advise the inspectors and the opposing party in writing as to whether they intend to challenge the preliminary report of the inspectors. If no written notice of an intention to challenge the preliminary report is received within 48 hours after the inspectors’ issuance of the preliminary report, the inspectors shall issue to the Corporation and the Soliciting Stockholders their final report containing the information from the inspectors’ determination with respect to whether the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents was obtained to authorize and take the action specified in the consents. If the Corporation or the Soliciting Stockholders issue written notice of an intention to challenge the inspectors’ preliminary report within 48 hours after the issuance of that report, a challenge session shall be scheduled by the inspectors as promptly as practicable. A transcript of the challenge session shall be recorded by a certified court reporter. Following completion of the challenge session, the inspectors shall as promptly as practicable issue their final report to the Soliciting Stockholders and the Corporation, which report shall contain the information included in the preliminary report, plus all changes in the vote totals as a result of the challenge and a certification of whether the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents was obtained to authorize or take the action specified in the consents. A copy of the final report of the inspectors shall be included in the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.
(g) The Corporation shall given prompt notice to the stockholders of the results of any consent solicitation or the taking of any corporate action without a meeting and by less than unanimous written consent.
 
 6 

 

Article 2
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1 GENERAL POWERS. The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board of Directors.
Section 2.2 QUALIFICATION; NUMBER; TERM; REMUNERATION; CHAIRMAN. (a) Each director shall be at least 18 years of age. A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be no fewer than one (1) and no more than twelve (12), or such other number as may be fixed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors. The use of the phrase “entire Board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
(b) Directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.
(c) Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
(d) The Board of Directors shall annually, at the first meeting of the Board after the annual meeting of stockholders, select from among its members a Chairman of the Board who shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, hold office until the first meeting of the Board following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor has been elected or appointed and qualified. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, as such, shall not be an officer of the Corporation.
Section 2.3 NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS. (a) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board of Directors or, to the extent permitted by this Section 2.3 of these By-laws, by a stockholder that (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.3 of these By-laws and at the time of the meeting at which directors will be elected, (ii) is entitled to vote at such meeting, (iii) makes the nomination pursuant to timely notice in proper written form to the Secretary, and (iv) otherwise complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.3 of these By-laws.
 
 7 

 

(b) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice of intent to make a nomination or nominations must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 calendar days nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting (or if there was no such prior annual meeting, not less than 90 calendar days nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the date which represents the fourth Thursday in May of the current year), PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 calendar days, or delayed by more than 60 calendar days, from such anniversary date, then, to be considered timely, notice by the stockholder must be received not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th calendar day prior to the annual meeting or (y) the seventh calendar day following the date on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed to stockholders or public disclosure thereof was otherwise made, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of business on the fifth calendar day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first delivered to stockholders. In no event shall any postponement or adjournment of a meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(c) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s most recent stockholder lists, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination, any Stockholder Related Person and of the person or persons to be nominated, and of the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) a representation that the stockholder giving the notice is a holder of record of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends (A) (1) to be a holder of record of stock of the Corporation at the time of the meeting and (2) to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) the class and number of shares of any securities of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or held of record by the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Related Person, any person to be nominated and any beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (iv) a description of (A) any derivative positions in any securities of the Corporation directly or indirectly held or beneficially owned by the stockholder, any Stockholder Related Person or any person to be nominated and (B) any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions, agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any of the Corporation’s securities entered into or made by such stockholder, any Stockholder Related Person or any person to be nominated, (v) a description of all contracts, arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Related Person, any person to be nominated, any beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (vi) whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Related Person intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote that is required to elect such person(s) to be nominated; (vii) such other information regarding each person to be nominated as would be required to be included in a proxy or information statement filed pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Exchange Act, rules or regulations); (vii) the consent of each person to be nominated to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director of the Corporation if elected, and (viii) a nominee questionnaire, representation and agreement in the form provided by the Secretary upon request.
 
 8 

 

(d) The presiding officer of a meeting of stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.3 of these By-laws.
Section 2.4 QUORUM AND MANNER OF VOTING. Except as otherwise provided by law, a majority of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting from time to time to another time and place without notice. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.5 PLACES OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors, or as may be specified in the notice of meeting.
Section 2.6 ANNUAL MEETING. Following the annual meeting of stockholders, the newly elected Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Such meeting may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place at which such stockholders’ meeting is held.
Section 2.7 REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, President or by a majority of the directors then in office.
Section 2.9 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. A notice of the place, date and time and the purpose or purposes of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by mailing the same at least two days before the special meeting, or by telegraphing or telephoning the same or by delivering the same personally not later than the day before the day of the meeting.
Section 2.10 ORGANIZATION. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the Chairman, if any, or if none or in the Chairman’s absence or inability to act the President, or in the President’s absence or inability to act any Vice-President who is a member of the Board of Directors, or in such Vice-President’s absence or inability to act a chairman chosen by the directors, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors when present, and, in the Secretary’s absence, the presiding officer may appoint any person to act as secretary.
Section 2.11 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of capital stock of the Corporation (other than the Common Stock) then outstanding, any director may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors.
 
 9 

 

Section 2.12 VACANCIES. Unless otherwise provided in these By-laws, vacancies on the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation, death, disqualification, removal, an increase in the authorized number of directors or otherwise, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified.
Section 2.13 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
Article 3
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 3.1 INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, have reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 3.2 ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
 10 

 

Section 3.3 INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST EXPENSES. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 3.4 BOARD DETERMINATIONS. Any indemnification under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such disinterested directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders.
Section 3.5 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Expenses including attorneys’ fees incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by law or in this section. Such expenses incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.
Section 3.6 NONEXCLUSIVE. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
 11 

 

Section 3.7 INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of applicable statutes, the certificate of incorporation or this section.
Section 3.8 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article 3, (i) references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued; (ii) references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; (iii) references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (iv) references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this section.
Section 3.9 CHANGE IN GOVERNING LAW. In the event of any amendment or addition to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the addition of any other section to such law that limits indemnification rights thereunder, the Corporation shall, to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, indemnify to the fullest extent authorized or permitted hereunder, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto and in the manner prescribed thereby.
 
 12 

 

Article 4
COMMITTEES
Section 4.1 APPOINTMENT. From time to time the Board of Directors by a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board may appoint any committee or committees for any purpose or purposes, to the extent lawful, which shall have powers as shall be determined and specified by the Board of Directors in the resolution of appointment.
Section 4.2 PROCEDURES, QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet where and as provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the presence of a majority of the then appointed members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that committee, and in every case where a quorum is present the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings, and actions taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors.
Section 4.3 ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the committee consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the committee.
Section 4.4 AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors, by resolution, shall appoint from its members an Audit Committee consisting of at least three directors, each of which shall be independent of management and free from any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment as a committee member. The Audit Committee shall:
(i) Prior to each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, submit a recommendation in writing to the Board of Directors for the selection of independent public accountants to be appointed by the Board of Directors in advance of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, subject to ratification or rejection by the stockholders at such meeting;
(ii) Consult, at least annually, with the independent public accountants with regard to the proposed plan of audit and from time to time consult privately with them and also with the internal auditor and the principal accounting officer with regard to the adequacy of internal controls;
(iii) Upon completion of the report of audit by the independent public accountants and before the date of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, (i) review the financial statements of the Corporation, and (ii) meet with the independent public accountants and review with them the results of their audit and any recommendations made to the management; and
(iv) Periodically, but at least annually, review the terms of all material transactions and arrangements entered into between the Corporation and its affiliates and subsidiaries.
 
 13 

 

Section 4.5 TERM; TERMINATION. In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors.
Article 5
OFFICERS
Section 5.1 ELECTION AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation, which shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary, and may include, by election or appointment, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice-Presidents (any one or more of whom may be given an additional designation of rank or function), a Controller, a Treasurer and such Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board may from time to time deem proper. Each officer shall have such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-laws and as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except the offices of President and Secretary.
Section 5.2 TERM OF OFFICE AND REMUNERATION. The term of office of all officers shall be one year and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, but any officer may be removed from office, either with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office arising from any cause may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation may be fixed by the Board of Directors or in such manner as the Board of Directors shall provide.
Section 5.3 RESIGNATION; REMOVAL. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation and such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the President or Secretary, unless otherwise specified in the resignation. Any officer shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by vote of a majority of the entire Board.
Section 5.4 PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have such duties as customarily pertain to that office. The President shall have general management and supervision of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation and over its other officers; may appoint and remove assistant officers and other agents and employees, other than officers referred to in Section 5.1; and may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation powers of attorney, contracts, bonds and other obligations and instruments.
Section 5.5 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall in general have all duties incident to such position, including, without limitation, the organization and review of all accounting, tax and related financial matters involving the Corporation, the implementation of appropriate Corporation financial controls and procedures, and the supervision and assignment of the duties of all other financial officers and personnel employed by the Corporation, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
 
 14 

 

Section 5.6 VICE-PRESIDENT. A Vice-President may execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation contracts and other obligations and instruments pertaining to the regular course of the duties of said office, and shall have such other authority as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
Section 5.7 TREASURER. The Treasurer shall in general have all duties incident to the position of Treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
Section 5.8 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall in general have all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the President.
Section 5.9 CONTROLLER. The Controller shall in general have all the duties incident to the office of Controller and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Financial Officer.
Section 5.10 ASSISTANT OFFICERS. Any assistant officer shall have such powers and duties of the officer such assistant officer assists as such officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time prescribe.
Article 6
BOOKS AND RECORDS
Section 6.1 LOCATION. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the respective officers in charge thereof may from time to time determine. The record books containing the names and addresses of all stockholders, the number and class of shares of stock held by each and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof shall be kept by the Secretary or by the transfer agent or registrar as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.
Section 6.2 ADDRESSES OF STOCKHOLDERS. Notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
Section 6.3 FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD. (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
 15 

 

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by this chapter, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Article 7
CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK
Section 7.1 CERTIFICATES; SIGNATURES. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares, which uncertificated shares may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, or a combination of both. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. No certificate shall be valid until countersigned by a transfer agent if the Corporation has a transfer agent, or until registered by a registrar if the Corporation has a registrar. Any and all signatures on any such certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The name of the holder of record of the shares represented thereby, with the number of such shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.
 
 16 

 

Section 7.2 TRANSFERS OF SHARES. Upon compliance with any provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, including, without limitation, restrictions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shares of capital stock shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof in person, or by duly authorized attorney or legal representative, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares (or upon compliance with the provisions of Section 7.5, if applicable), properly endorsed, and the payment of all taxes due thereon. Upon such surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer (or upon compliance with the provisions of Section 7.5, if applicable) and of compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable thereto contained in an agreement to which the Corporation is a party or of which the Corporation has knowledge by reason of legend with respect thereto placed on any such surrendered stock certificate, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the Corporation, and may appoint one or more transfer agents and registrars of the shares of the Corporation.
Section 7.3 OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any shares or shares of capital stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.
Section 7.4 FRACTIONAL SHARES. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue certificates for fractions of a share where necessary to effect authorized transactions, or the Corporation may pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or it may issue scrip in registered or bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the Corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a stockholder except as therein provided.
Section 7.5 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate, theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of any lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
 
 17 

 

Article 8
DIVIDENDS
Subject always to the provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have full power to determine whether any, and, if any, what part of any, funds legally available for the payment of dividends shall be declared as dividends and paid to stockholders; the division of the whole or any part of such funds of the Corporation shall rest wholly within the lawful discretion of the Board of Directors, and it shall not be required at any time, against such discretion, to divide or pay any part of such funds among or to the stockholders as dividends or otherwise; and before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
Article 9
RATIFICATION
Any transaction, questioned in any law suit on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized. Such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.
Article 10
CORPORATE SEAL
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation, and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall determine. The corporate seal may be used by printing, engraving, lithographing, stamping or otherwise making, placing or affixing, or causing to be printed, engraved, lithographed, stamped or otherwise made, placed or affixed, upon any paper or document, by any process whatsoever, an impression, facsimile or other reproduction of said corporate seal.
Article 11
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be based on a fifty-two or fifty-three week year ending on the Friday nearest December 31 st .
Article 12
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever notice is required to be given by these By-laws or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
 
 18 

 

Article 13
BANK ACCOUNTS, DRAFTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.
Section 13.1 BANK ACCOUNTS AND DRAFTS. In addition to such bank accounts as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, the primary financial officer or any person designated by said primary financial officer, whether or not an employee of the Corporation, may authorize such bank accounts to be opened or maintained in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as he may deem necessary or appropriate, payments from such bank accounts to be made upon and according to the check of the Corporation in accordance with the written instructions of said primary financial officer, or other person so designated by the Treasurer.
Section 13.2 CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any person or persons, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 13.3 PROXIES; POWERS OF ATTORNEY; OTHER INSTRUMENTS. The Chairman, the President or any other person designated by either of them shall have the power and authority to execute and deliver proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments on behalf of the Corporation in connection with the rights and powers incident to the ownership of stock by the Corporation. The Chairman, the President or any other person authorized by proxy or power of attorney executed and delivered by either of them on behalf of the Corporation may attend and vote at any meeting of stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock, and may exercise on behalf of the Corporation any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, or otherwise as specified in the proxy or power of attorney so authorizing any such person. The Board of Directors, from time to time, may confer like powers upon any other person.
Section 13.4 FINANCIAL REPORTS. The Board of Directors may appoint the primary financial officer or other fiscal officer or any other officer to cause to be prepared and furnished to stockholders entitled thereto any special financial notice and/or financial statement, as the case may be, which may be required by any provision of law.
Article 14
AMENDMENTS
The Board of Directors shall have power to alter, adopt, amend or repeal By-laws. By-laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be repealed or changed, and new By-laws made, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any regular meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, adoption, amendment or repeal shall have been stated in the notice of such meeting, and the stockholders may prescribe that any By-law made by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.
 
 19 

EXHIBIT 10.10
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NO. 3 to CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of                       , 2009, (this “ Amendment ”) among GREATBATCH LTD., a New York corporation (the “ Borrower ”); the LENDERS referred to in the Credit Agreement referred to below (collectively, the “ Lenders ”); and MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY (“ M&T ”), individually, as the Issuing Bank, a Lender, the Swing Lender and the Administrative Agent. M&T, when acting in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and other Secured Parties, or any successor or assign that assumes that position pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Administrative Agent ”).
Background
A. The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2007, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2008, among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ” and the same, as it may be amended, restated, modified and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), which provides for certain extensions of credit to the Borrower, subject to certain conditions.
B. The Borrower and Parent have advised the Lenders that they would like to form two new wholly-owned Subsidiaries which will, in turn, invest in Persons in which they may, from time to time, hold majority or controlling interests.
C. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to enter into this Amendment to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement requested by the Borrower, pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, specified below.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and conditions set forth in this Amendment, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Terms defined in this Amendment which are capitalized but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Existing Credit Agreement. This Amendment amends the Existing Credit Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

SECTION 2. Amendments . The Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
2.1 Defined Terms . The following new definitions are inserted in the appropriate alphabetical order in Section 1.1 (Defined Terms):
GB Ventures : GBV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent.
QIG : QIG Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.
Non-Guarantor Ventures : Ventures that do not, pursuant to Section 8.28, become Loan Parties.
Subsidiary Guarantor : each U.S. Subsidiary of the Borrower, and such other Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower and Ventures as designated by the Borrower from time to time or as are required to guarantee the Obligations pursuant to Section 8.28 (Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries).
Venture : a Person in which GB Ventures and QIG, individually or collectively, own a majority or controlling interest of its Capital Stock.
2.2 Defined Terms . The following defined terms in Section 1.1 (Defined Terms) of the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended as follows:
U.S. Subsidiary . The definition of “ U.S. Subsidiary” is amended by deleting the “.” at the end, replacing it with “;” and by adding the following proviso to the end thereof:
provided , however , no Non-Guarantor Venture shall be considered a U.S. Subsidiary.
2.3 Mandatory Prepayments and Reductions in the Facility. Section 2.1.4(b) (Issuance of Equity) is amended by adding the following proviso at the end of the first sentence:
; provided , however , that so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of the issuance of Capital Stock of a Venture or would exist immediately after giving effect thereto; and (ii) the proceeds from any such issuance of Capital Stock of a Venture are held in a deposit account maintained with a Lender or the Agent, the Borrower shall not be obligated to make any prepayment of the Loans in connection with the issuance of Capital Stock of a Venture by either GB Ventures or QIG.
2.4 Lines of Business . Section 5.5 (Lines of Business) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
5.5 Lines of Business. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged only in Permitted Businesses. Parent is not engaged in any business activities other than (i) owning 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower; (ii) owning 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of GB Ventures; (iii) owning 1.0% of the outstanding Capital Stock of Greatbatch Mexico; and (iii) engaging in activities directly related to the foregoing.
 
 2 

 

2.5 Security Interest in Collateral . The last sentence of Section 5.6 (Security Interest in Collateral) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Upon the filing of such UCC-1 financing statements in the offices specified thereon and the recordation of the Intellectual Property Collateral Agreements in the United States Copyright Office, no further action, including, without limitation, any filing or recording of any document or the obtaining of any consent, is necessary in order to establish, perfect and maintain the Administrative Agent’s first priority security interests (subject to Permitted Perfection Limitations) in the equity of the Borrower, the U.S. Subsidiaries of the Borrower, the Ventures owned by GB Ventures or QIG and sixty six percent (66%) of the First-Tier Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower, and in the personal property (including fixtures and Intellectual Property) of each Loan Party other than Excluded Assets (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), except for the periodic filing of continuation statements with respect to such UCC-1 financing statements. Upon the sale or other disposition by GB Ventures or QIG of any Capital Stock in any Venture to any Person, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Capital Stock will be deemed to be automatically released so long as any proceeds or such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
2.6 Adequacy of Capital; Solvency. The last two sentences of Section 5.21 (Adequacy of Capital; Solvency) of the Existing Credit Agreement are deleted in their entirety and replaced by the following:
Parent has no assets or liabilities other than 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower, 1.0% of the outstanding Capital Stock of Greatbatch Mexico and 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock of GB Ventures, and assets and liabilities directly related thereto. Parent has no liabilities except for (a) usual and customary obligations related to its existence, (b) usual and customary obligations related to compliance with requirements for public companies and the ownership of the Capital Stock of the Borrower, Greatbatch Mexico and GB Ventures and (c) the 2003 Debentures, the 2007 Debentures and any Permitted Debenture Refinancing.
2.7 Delivery of Quarterly Financial Statements. Section 6.1.1 (Delivery of Quarterly Financial Statements) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following to the end thereof:
Beginning with the quarter ending March 31, 2009, at the time of the delivery of the quarterly financial statements referred to above, the Borrower shall also deliver (as to all periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009), a management-prepared Consolidating balance sheet, statement of income and changes in retained earnings and statement of cash flows, showing separately the results of operations and financial condition of the Non-Guarantor Ventures, if any, as a separate group.
 
 3 

 

2.8 Delivery of Annual Financial Statements; Accountants’ Certification . Section 6.1.2 (Delivery of Annual Financial Statements; Accountants’ Certification) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following new subclause (e) to such Section 6.1.2:
(e) Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, at the time of the delivery of the annual financial statements referred to above, the Borrower shall also deliver (as to all periods commencing on or after January 1, 2009), a management-prepared Consolidating balance sheet, statement of income and changes in retained earnings and statement of cash flows, showing separately the results of operations and financial condition of the Non-Guarantor Ventures, if any, as a separate group.
2.9 Indebtedness . Section 8.1.1 (Indebtedness) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the “and” at the end of subclause (k), (ii) deleting the “.” at the end of subclause (l) and replacing it with “;”, and (iii) by adding the following new subclauses (m) and (n) to such Section 8.1.1:
(m) Indebtedness arising from the deferral of payment of a Restricted Payment allowed under Section 8.4.6 (whether or not such Indebtedness is subordinated); and
(n) Indebtedness permitted by clause (i) of Section 8.3.
2.10 Restricted Payments . Section 8.4 (Restricted Payments) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following new Section 8.4.6 (Ventures):
Ventures . A Venture may make one or more Restricted Payments for tax distributions and for the redemption of Capital Stock in a Venture (including subsequent payments on Indebtedness arising from the deferral of a payment created in connection with the redemption of Capital Stock in a Venture so long as the deferred payment is not guaranteed by a Loan Party) may be made by the Borrower to a Venture to be distributed to any Person holding a minority interest in the Capital Stock of such Venture so long as no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of the Restricted Payment or would exist immediately after giving effect thereto.
2.11 Investments, Loans, Acquisitions, Etc. . Section 8.3 (Investments, Loans, Acquisitions, Etc.) clause (i) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(i) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) in any fiscal year, which other Investments shall include, but not be limited to, Investments in Non-Guarantor Ventures;
 
 4 

 

2.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries . Section 8.28 (Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(a) The Borrower will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that Parent, and all U. S. Subsidiaries of the Borrower are guarantors of the Secured Obligations and that all of the equity and material assets (other than Excluded Assets) of the Borrower and all Guarantors are subject to a first priority Lien securing the Secured Obligations, subject to no other Lien except Permitted Liens and subject to Permitted Perfection Limitations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary (which it shall only do in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement), the Borrower, contemporaneously with the formation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary: (i) will execute and deliver, such documents as shall be necessary to cause (without duplication) all of the Capital Stock of any new Venture owned by GB Ventures or QIG, any new U.S. Subsidiary and up to a maximum of sixty-six percent (66%) of the Capital Stock of any new First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower, of a U.S. Subsidiary or of a Venture to be duly pledged (on a first-priority perfected basis) to secure the Secured Obligations; (ii) will cause each new U.S. Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Subsidiary Suretyship Agreement (or a joinder thereto), joinders to the Security Agreements and Pledge Agreements, UCC-1 financing statements, and such other documents as may be necessary to cause such new U.S. Subsidiary to be a guarantor of the Secured Obligations and its material assets (other than Excluded Assets) to be pledged to secure such guaranty; and (iii) will cause such new U.S. Subsidiary to deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 4.1 (Conditions to Initial Funding) upon the Closing Date or as the Administrative Agent shall have requested, and to take such other action as the Administrative Agent shall request to perfect the security interest in the Capital Stock and material assets (other than Excluded Assets) of such new U.S. Subsidiary created pursuant to the Loan Documents.
(b) If at any time
(1) the aggregate amount of the Adjusted EBITDA of the (X) Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower or of the U.S. Subsidiaries and (Y) the Non-Guarantor Ventures shall exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis, or
(2) the aggregate amount of the assets of the (X) Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower or of the U.S. Subsidiaries and (Y) the Non-Guarantor Ventures shall exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate amount of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis,
 
 5 

 

then notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, the Borrower shall either:
(i) cause one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and/or Ventures to guaranty the Secured Obligations and pledge their material personal property assets to secure such guaranty and shall pledge (or cause the relevant Subsidiaries to pledge) 100% of the equity of such Foreign Subsidiaries or Ventures, as applicable to the extent necessary to cause (i) the aggregate amount of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Loan Parties to exceed eighty-five percent (85%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the assets of the Loan Parties to exceed eighty-five percent (85%) of the aggregate amount of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a Consolidated basis; or
(ii) exclude the results of operations and financial condition of the Foreign Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantors Ventures from the Financial Covenants in Article 7 (Financial Covenants) and provide separate financial statements pursuant to Subsection 6.1.1 (Delivery of Quarterly Financial Statements ) and Subsection 6.1.2 (Delivery of Annual Financial Statements; Accountants’ Certification) and a reconciliation of the financial statements showing the effects of excluding the Foreign Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Ventures.
SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . In order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to agree to the amendments set forth in this Amendment, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties, which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment:
(a) As of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to the amendments contained herein.
(b) Each of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects both before and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated hereby as though each such representation and warranty were made at and as of the date hereof.
(c) No consent or approval of any third party, or any governmental agency or authority, is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and/or performance of this Amendment or any other instrument, agreement or other document executed and/or delivered in connection herewith and/or the enforceability hereof or thereof.
(d) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 (Conditions Precedent) below, the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and each other instrument, agreement or other document executed and/or delivered in connection herewith to which the Borrower is a party will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
 6 

 

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT .
4.1 The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 2 above shall become effective, as of the date first above written, upon satisfaction of the following:
(a) the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders;
(b) receipt by the Administrative Agent of all invoiced costs and expenses; and
(c) receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other documents and information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request on or prior to the date that the condition in clause (a) above is satisfied.
SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .
5.1 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A photocopied or facsimile signature shall be deemed to be the functional equivalent of a manually executed original for all purposes.
5.2 Ratification . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Existing Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.
5.3 Payment of Expenses . Without limiting other payment obligations of the Borrower set forth in the Loan Documents, the Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and any other documents or instruments which may be delivered in connection herewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, whether or not this Amendment shall become effective.
5.4 Authorization to Administrative Agent . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as shall be consistent with the purposes hereof and as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Amendment.
5.5 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Law of the State of New York (excluding the Laws applicable to conflicts or choice of law).
5.6 Binding Effect . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign this Amendment, the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its rights hereunder or thereunder, and any such prohibited assignment shall be null and void.
 
 7 

 

5.7 Severability . If any provision of this Amendment or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Amendment and the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law
5.8 References . From and after the effective date of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Credit Agreement in any and all Loan Documents, other agreements, instruments, documents, certificates and writings of every kind and nature, shall be deemed to mean the Existing Credit Agreement as modified and amended by this Amendment and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the terms thereof.
[signature page follows]
 
 8 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their respective, duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
BORROWER :
 	 	 	 	 	
 	GREATBATCH LTD.
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	Thomas J. Mazza 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 	 	

 9 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :
 	 	 	 	 	
 	MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY , in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Lender and a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Prendergast 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	
 
 10 

 

 	 	 	 	 	
LENDERS :
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	[                                                                ]	 	 	
 	 	Name of Lender	 	 	
 
 11 

EXHIBIT 10.11
AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 30, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”) among GREATBATCH LTD., a New York corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the LENDERS referred to in the Credit Agreement referred to below (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY (“ M&T ”), individually, as the Issuing Bank, a Lender, the Swing Lender and the Administrative Agent. M&T, when acting in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Bank and other Secured Parties, or any successor or assign that assumes that position pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Administrative Agent ”).
Background
A. The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2007, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2007, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2008, and Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2009, among the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ” and the same, as it may be amended, restated, modified and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), which provides for certain extensions of credit to the Borrower, subject to certain conditions.
B. The Borrower has advised the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that a jury determination was rendered against the Borrower and its Subsidiary, Electrochem Solutions Inc. in a matter brought by Input/Output Inc. and I/O Marine Systems, Inc. in the 24 th Judicial District Court for the Parish of Jefferson, State of Louisiana, which verdict involved damages in the amount of $21,733,411. Legal interest from the date of judicial demand as well as attorneys fees and costs in an unspecified amount were also sought. The Borrower has also advised the Administrative Agent and Lenders that it has filed post-trial motions and intends to appeal the judgment(s) entered or expected to be entered.
C. In order to allow the Borrower and Electrochem Solutions Inc. to have flexibility to handle the post-trial motions and appeal in a way that they believe to be most advantageous to them and to the Lenders and to stay any enforcement actions related to the aforementioned litigation, Borrower has requested certain modifications to the Credit Agreement.
D. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to enter into this Amendment to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement requested by the Borrower, pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, specified below.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and conditions set forth in this Amendment, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Terms defined in this Amendment which are capitalized but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Existing Credit Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendments . The Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
2.1 New Defined Terms . The following new definitions are inserted in the appropriate alphabetical order in Section 1.1 (Defined Terms) of the Existing Credit Agreement:
Amendment No. 4 : Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated on or about October 30, 2009.
EBITDA/LOC Limit : $35,000,000.
Indebtedness/Liens Limit : $38,500,000.
Subject Litigation : the litigation captioned, Input / Output Inc. and I/O Marine Systems, Inc. vs. Wilson Greatbatch Technologies, Inc. and Wilson Greatbatch Ltd. d/b/a Electrochem Lithium Batteries, filed in the 24 th Judicial District Court for the Parish of Jefferson, State of Louisiana, together with any rehearings, appeals and other proceedings related to the aforesaid matter.
2.2 Amendment to Adjusted EBITDA Definition. Clause (e) of the definition of Adjusted EBITDA in Section 1.1 (Defined Terms) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
(e) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses or losses (including losses on sales or abandonment of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), including expenses related to the Subject Litigation to the extent that such expenses do not exceed the EBITDA/LOC Limit; and actual restructuring charges in an amount not to exceed $17,100,000 for the fiscal year 2006, in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 2007 and in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 2008;
 
 2 

 

2.3 Letters of Credit. Section 3.1.1 (Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit . Subject to the requirements set forth below, the Borrower may use a portion of the Commitment, which portion shall not exceed the sum of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the “ Base Amount Sublimit " ) plus the EBITDA/LOC Limit (the “ Special Litigation Sublimit ” and, together with the Base Amount Sublimit, the “ Letter of Credit Sublimit " ) for the purpose of causing the Issuing Bank to issue standby Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any of its U.S. Subsidiaries; provided , that (a) the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary executes and delivers a letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement in a form acceptable to the Issuing Bank and complies with any conditions to the issuance of such Letter of Credit (including the payment of any applicable fees) set forth therein; (b) the Issuing Bank approves the form of such Letter of Credit; (c) except for evergreen Letters of Credit approved by the Issuing Bank it is sole discretion, but which will not be extended for a period past the Maturity Date, such Letter of Credit bears an expiration date not later than the earlier of (i) one year after the date of issuance and (ii) 30 days prior to the Maturity Date; (d) the Issuing Bank receives a request for issuance three (3) Business Days prior to the date of issuance (unless the Issuing Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, agrees to shorter notice in any instance); (e) the purpose of such Letter of Credit shall be acceptable to the Issuing Bank; and (f) the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 (Requirements for Each Loan/Letter of Credit) are fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank as of the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, provided , however, the Borrower may only request Letters of Credit using the Special Litigation Sublimit, and the Issuing Banks shall only issue Letters of Credit from the Special Litigation Sublimit, for purposes related to the Subject Litigation, including for purposes associated with any appeal thereof or bonding of any such appeal.
2.4 Elimination of Double Counting . Section 7.3 (Additional Provisions Respecting Calculation of Financial Covenants) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by adding a new Subsection 7.3.5 at the end thereof which shall read as follows:
7.3.5 In the event that the Indebtedness referred to in clause (o) of Subsection 8.1.1 (the “ Section (o) Bond Indebtedness ”) is required to be secured by a Letter of Credit or by cash, which cash is the proceeds of Loans hereunder, the Section (o) Bond Indebtedness, on the one hand, and the Letters of Credit securing it and/or the cash proceeds of Loans hereunder securing it, on the other hand (collectively the “ Bond Security Provided by Lenders ”), shall not be treated as separate items of Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the financial covenants in this Agreement (including for purposes of calculating the Senior Leverage Ratio in the definition of Applicable Margin) but instead the amount of all such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the greater of the aggregate amount of the Section (o) Bond Indebtedness and the aggregate amount of Bond Security Provided by Lenders.
2.5 Indebtedness . Section 8.1.1 (Indebtedness) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the “and” at the end of subclause (m), (ii) deleting the period at the end of subclause (n) and replacing it with “; and”, and (iii) by adding the following new subclause (o) to such Section 8.1.1:
(o) Indebtedness in the form of one or more bonds (e.g., an appeal bond) or similar instruments issued in connection with the Subject Litigation in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Indebtedness/Liens Limit.
 
 3 

 

2.6 Liens. Subsection 8.2.1 (Liens and Licenses — In General) of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended (i) by changing the reference to subclause (f) in the introduction to refer instead to subclause (j), (ii) by deleting the “and” at the end of subclause (e), (iii) by deleting the periods at the end of subclauses (f), (g), and (h) and replacing them with semicolons; (iv) by deleting the period at the end of subclause (i) and replacing it with “; and”, and (v) by adding the following new subclause (j) to such Section 8.2.1:
(j) cash or cash equivalents to secure the Indebtedness referred to in clause (o) of Section 8.1.1 (Indebtedness); for the avoidance of doubt, Letters of Credit otherwise permitted under this Agreement may secure such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and Letters of Credit permitted by this clause (j) shall not exceed the Indebtedness/Liens Limit.
SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . In order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to agree to the amendments set forth in this Amendment, the Borrower makes the following representations and warranties, which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Amendment:
(a) As of the date hereof, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to the amendments contained herein.
(b) Each of the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects both before and after giving effect to the amendments contemplated hereby as though each such representation and warranty were made at and as of the date hereof.
(c) No consent or approval of any third party, or any governmental agency or authority, is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and/or performance of this Amendment or any other instrument, agreement or other document executed and/or delivered in connection herewith and/or the enforceability hereof or thereof.
(d) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 (Conditions Precedent) below, the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, and each other instrument, agreement or other document executed and/or delivered in connection herewith to which the Borrower is a party will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof.
SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
4.1 The amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth in Section 2 above shall become effective, as of the date first above written, upon satisfaction of the following:
(a) the execution and delivery of this Amendment by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders;
 
 4 

 

(b) acknowledgement of this Amendment No. 4 by the Guarantors, in substantially the form set forth on the signature pages hereto;
(c) receipt by the Administrative Agent of all invoiced costs and expenses;
(d) receipt by the Lenders executing this Amendment of the fees in the amounts, and subject to the conditions specified on Annex A hereto; and
(e) receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other documents and information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request on or prior to the date that the condition in clause (a) above is satisfied.
SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.
5.1 Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A photocopied or facsimile signature shall be deemed to be the functional equivalent of a manually executed original for all purposes.
5.2 Ratification . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Existing Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are ratified, reaffirmed and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.
5.3 No Defenses. The Borrower and Guarantors acknowledge that they owe the Obligations and that no defenses to payment exists with respect to the same.
5.4 Payment of Expenses . Without limiting other payment obligations of the Borrower set forth in the Loan Documents, the Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and any other documents or instruments which may be delivered in connection herewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, whether or not this Amendment shall become effective.
5.5 Authorization to Administrative Agent . Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as shall be consistent with the purposes hereof and as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Amendment.
5.6 Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Law of the State of New York (excluding the Laws applicable to conflicts or choice of law).
 
 5 

 

5.7 Binding Effect . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign this Amendment, the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its rights hereunder or thereunder, and any such prohibited assignment shall be null and void.
5.8 Severability . If any provision of this Amendment or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Amendment and the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law
5.9 References . From and after the effective date of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Credit Agreement in any and all Loan Documents, other agreements, instruments, documents, certificates and writings of every kind and nature, shall be deemed to mean the Existing Credit Agreement as modified and amended by this Amendment and as the same may be further amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the terms thereof.
[signature page follows]
 
 6 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement to be duly executed by their respective, duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.
BORROWER :
 	 	 	 	 	
 	GREATBATCH LTD.
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	Thomas J. Mazza 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	

 7 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :
 	 	 	 	 	
 	MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY , in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Lender and a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Prendergast 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 8 

 

Each of the undersigned Guarantors acknowledges the terms of the foregoing Amendment No. 4 and confirms its obligations under the Loan Documents and further acknowledges such obligations remain in effect notwithstanding this or any other amendments, whether or not the undersigned acknowledges any other amendments.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GREATBATCH, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
QIG GROUP, LLC	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GREATBATCH-HITTMAN, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GREATBATCH LLC	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 
 9 

 

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ELECTROCHEM SOLUTIONS, INC. (MA)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ELECTROCHEM SOLUTIONS, INC. (DE)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GREATBATCH-GLOBE TOOL, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PRECIMED, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GBV, LLC	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	Thomas J. Mazza	 	 	
 	 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer	 	 	
 
 10 

 

LENDERS :

Name of Lender	 	 	
 
 11 

 

Annex A
An amendment fee shall be paid to each Lender that executes this Amendment No. 4 and returns its signature page by fax or PDF to counsel for the Administrative Agent at the address indicated below no later than close of business on Friday, October 30, 2009 (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion if and when such Amendment No. 4 becomes effective. The amendment fee payable to such Lender shall be equal to 20 basis points on the total Commitment of each such Lender. Five original copies of signature pages should be sent to counsel at the address specified below promptly following delivery of the fax or PDF version.
Stacey J. Hanna
Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
500 Campus Drive
Florham Park, NJ 07932
973-549-7183 phone
973-360-9831 fax
stacey.hanna@dbr.com
 
 12 

EXHIBIT 12.1
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year-ended	 	
 	 	Jan. 1,	 	 	Jan. 2,	 	 	Dec. 28,	 	 	Dec. 29,	 	 	Dec. 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2009 (1)	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	
Earnings:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	$	(18,177	)	 	$	20,517	 	 	$	23,919	 	 	$	23,534	 	 	$	15,464	 	
Pretax credits	 	 	—	 	 	 	(162	)	 	 	(21	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(30	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	 	9,930	 	 	 	10,435	 	 	 	5,427	 	 	 	3,966	 	 	 	3,965	 	
Capitalized interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	171	 	 	 	22	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	32	 	
Discounts & deferred financing fees	 	 	10,106	 	 	 	9,583	 	 	 	6,967	 	 	 	719	 	 	 	703	 	
Interest portion of rental expense	 	 	1,053	 	 	 	850	 	 	 	574	 	 	 	584	 	 	 	502	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total earnings and fixed charges	 	$	2,912	 	 	$	41,394	 	 	$	36,888	 	 	$	28,803	 	 	$	20,636	 	

Fixed Charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	9,930	 	 	$	10,435	 	 	$	5,427	 	 	$	3,966	 	 	$	3,965	 	
Capitalized interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	171	 	 	 	22	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	32	 	
Discounts & deferred financing fees	 	 	10,106	 	 	 	9,583	 	 	 	6,967	 	 	 	719	 	 	 	703	 	
Interest portion of rental expense	 	 	1,053	 	 	 	850	 	 	 	574	 	 	 	584	 	 	 	502	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	 	$	21,089	 	 	$	21,039	 	 	$	12,990	 	 	$	5,269	 	 	$	5,202	 	

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	 	0.1	 	 	 	2.0	 	 	 	2.8	 	 	 	5.5	 	 	 	4.0	 	

(1)	 	Retroactively restated — See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this report.	

EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF GREATBATCH, INC.
 	 	 	
Subsidiary	 	Incorporated	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch Ltd., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch, Inc.)	 	New York	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch LLC
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	 	Delaware	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical, S. de R.L. de C.V.
(owned 99% by Greatbatch LLC & 1% by Greatbatch, Inc.)	 	Mexico	
 	 	 	
Electrochem Solutions, Inc.
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	 	Massachusetts	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch-Globe Tool, Inc., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	 	Minnesota	
 	 	 	
Precimed Inc., doing business as Greatbatch Medical
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	 	Pennsylvania	
 	 	 	
P Medical Holding SA
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Ltd.)	 	Switzerland	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical SA
(direct subsidiary of P Medical Holding SA)	 	Switzerland	
 	 	 	
Greatbatch Medical SAS
(direct subsidiary of Greatbatch Medical SA)	 	France	

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No’s. 333-61476, 333-97209, 333-129002, 333-143519, and 333-161159 on Form S-8, Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-107667 on Form S-3, and Registration Statement No. 333-142400 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 2, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of Greatbatch, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (which report expressed an unqualified opinion and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in method of accounting for its convertible debt instruments), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended January 1, 2010.
 	 	 	
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 	 	 	
Buffalo, New York
March 2, 2010

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Hook, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2010 of Greatbatch, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	a.	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	b.	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	c.	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;	
 		
 	d.	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	a.	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 		
 	b.	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 2, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	
 	/s/ Thomas J. Hook  	 	
 	Thomas J. Hook 	 	
 	President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Thomas J. Mazza, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2010 of Greatbatch, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	a.	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	b.	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	c.	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;	
 		
 	d.	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	a.	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 		
 	b.	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: March 2, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	
 	/s/ Thomas J. Mazza  	 	
 	Thomas J. Mazza 	 	
 	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 	 	

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Greatbatch, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2010 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 2, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	
 	/s/ Thomas J. Hook  	 	
 	Thomas J. Hook 	 	
 	President & Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) 	 	
Dated: March 2, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	
 	/s/ Thomas J. Mazza  	 	
 	Thomas J. Mazza 	 	
 	Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) 	 	
This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this Form 10-K pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company unless such incorporation is expressly referenced within.